1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION - Gujarat Pollution Control ...

194
1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

Transcript of 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION - Gujarat Pollution Control ...

1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

Table of Contents 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................... 3

1.1 Purpose of the report ................................................................................................ 3

1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponent ................................................ 3

1.2.1 Identification of the Project ................................................................................ 3

1.2.2 Identification of the Project Proponent ............................................................. 4

1.3 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project and its importance to

the country, Region. ............................................................................................................. 5

1.3.1 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project........................... 5

1.3.2 Importance of Project to the Country/Region ................................................... 6

1.4 Scope and Methodology of the study ....................................................................... 8

1.5 Regulatory Framework .............................................................................................11

1.6 Structure of the Report .............................................................................................11

List of Tables

Table 1-1-Details of Project Proponent ................................................................................... 4

Table 1-2-Coordinates of the project location ........................................................................ 5

Table 1-3-Methodology of the study ......................................................................................10

Table 1-4 Regulatory Framework ...........................................................................................11

Table 1-5 - Structure of the Report ........................................................................................11

List of Figures

Figure 1-1- Project Location Map ......................................................................................................... 6

Figure 1-2- Scope & Methodology of the study ............................................................................... 9

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

3 | P a g e

1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the report

Products falling under project/activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA notification dated

September 14th 2006 (amended till date) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the

Impact Assessment Authority (IAA) at the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC) (for Category A project) or the State Level Environmental Impact Assessment

Authorities (SEIAA) (for Category B projects).

The products of the project are covered under Project /activity, 3(a) B, namely “Metallurgical

Industries (ferrous & nonferrous)” requiring Environmental Clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat.

The TOR Presentation was made to State Level Expert Appraisal Committee on 25th November

2020, Subsequently SEAC issued the TOR vide letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/3(a)/183/2021 dated

03/03/2021 (Annexure 1). Based on the TOR points issued by SEIAA, Draft Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared.

The EIA study includes determination of baseline conditions, assessment of the Impacts on the

environment due to the construction and operation of the project and making recommendations

on the preventive measures to be taken, to minimize the impact on the environment to

acceptable levels. A suitable post-study monitoring program will be outlined. Environment

Management Plan will be given based on the emissions and feasibility report.

The purpose of the preparation of Draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report is make

the presentation during the public consultation including public hearing and to obtain

Environment Clearance from the State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

(SEIAA)-State Gujarat but also to understand the likely impacts and to take Environment

Protection measures during and after commissioning of the project.

1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponent

1.2.1 Identification of the Project

Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is a Company, formed in the year of 2019-20 located at

Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, at. Garida, Ta: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi –

363621.The Company is in the process of setting up manufacturing plant of Billet having

capacity of 26,400 T per Annum. Industrial & Engineering Industry, Mechanical & Electrical

Engineering works, Forgings Industry etc are some of the areas where M. S Billets are used.

The Proposed Unit will be a fully automated unit requiring low labour and will be producing good

quality Billets. Now, for catering the future market demand, the company proposes to set up

manufacturing unit of higher capacity from 26,400 MTPA to 1,17,600 MTPA of Iron and steel

billets and round bars to 1,36,899 MTPA. With this proposed capacity, the unit intends to

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

4 | P a g e

manufacture of Iron & Steel billet within the premises to cater the market requirement.

1.2.2 Identification of the Project Proponent

M/s. Sunrise Multisteel Pvt. Ltd. was incorporated in 17.12.2019 located at Sr. no. 68/2P1,

68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, at. Garida, Ta: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621

The details of the Promoters and their Background are given as below:

Table 1-1-Details of Project Proponent

1. Sanjay Kumar Vallabhbhai Pan

Address Block No.703, Piramid Tower, Amin Marge, Near Ganga Hall, Bansi Park,

Rajkot-360001

Experience Shri Sanjay Kumar Vallabhbhai Pan, aged 47 year having more than 27

years’ experience in manufacturing activities. He as working director in

Krishna Metacraft Pvt. Ltd. which is manufacture of iron Agriculture

Implements for 25 Years, and also he is director in SAMAY ALLOYS

(INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED, KRISHNA CONCAST PRIVATE LIMITED and

designated partner in SUNRISE STEEL TECH LLP. He is self-made

personality and believer in hard working and sincerity in all walks of life.

Besides is academic qualification he possesses practical knowledge as

well as in depth knowledge of the manufacturing process as well. He will

look after for charge of Production activities of company. He will be also

responsible for overall marketing and sales of the Company

2. Shri Mahendrabhai Vallbhbhai Ardeshna:

Address C-301, Tulip, Atlantia Garden Kalawad Road Rajkot 360005

Experience Shri Mahendrabhai Vallbhbhai Ardeshna having more than 20 years of

Business Experience. He as Director in GANESH WHEELS PRIVATE

LIMITED and ARADHANA GASES PVT LTD and he is Designated Partner

in PARIJAT RESIDENCY LLP and AMIDHARA RESIDENCY LLP. He

possesses practical knowledge as well as in depth knowledge of the

manufacturing process as well. He is also looking after the Purchase

activities of propose company and research and development activity of

proposed project. He will be also responsible for overall marketing and

sales of the Comapy purchase of material, overall administration the

proposed project and research and development activity of proposed

project.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

5 | P a g e

3. Shri Alpesh Vallabhbhai Pan:

Address B-701, Kasturi Pride, Parnakutiir Society Main Road, Opp. Parnakutiir

Police Chowki, Atithi C Howk Rajkot 360001

Experience Shri Alpesh Vallabhbhai Pan, aged 43 years and having more than 20

years business experience. He was director in JAYDEEP COTTON

FIBRES PRIVATE LIMITED which is manufacturing and trading of

agriculture products, He is Associates with PAN EMPIRE INDIA PRIVATE

LIMITED which is trading of agriculture products and also he is director in

WET AND DRY PERSONAL CARE PRIVATE LIMITED, PAN MULTI

COMMODITY SERVICES LIMITED, PAN POWERINFRA PRIVATE

LIMITED, PAN HEALTHCARE PRIVATE LIMITED, PAN SPIN TEX

PRIVATE LIMITED and he is Designated Partner in PAN ECO FIBRES

LLP and SUNRISE STEEL TECH LLP. He as a sound knowledge of

administration as he had devoted his skill to gain experience by directing

the firm. He has good administration capability and controlling power. He

commands respect in business circle due to his integrity in business

dealings. He would be the foundation for quick and successful

implementation and profitable operation of proposed project. He will look

after for charge Marketing and Admin activities of company and also he is

responsible for overall success of Company.

1.3 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project and its importance to

the country, Region.

1.3.1 Brief description of Nature, Size and location of the Project

The proposed expansion project is to be located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, At.

Garida, Ta. Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621. It is situated at Latitude: 22°30'11.76"N &

Longitude: 71° 3'0.17"E Nearest major city is Wankaner which is 18 KM far from the project site

in direction NW. Total project cost is 55.50 Crores and production capacity for Iron & steel billet

will be 1,44,000 MT/Y and Round bars will be 1,36,800 MT/Y.

Table 1-2-Coordinates of the project location

Sr. No. Corners Latitude Longitude

1. A 22°30'11.76"N 71° 3'0.17"E

2. B 22°30'14.80"N 71° 2'58.64"E

3. C 22°30'14.96"N 71° 2'59.46"E

4. D 22°30'12.79"N 71° 3'1.79"E

5. E 22°30'13.43"N 71° 3'2.45"E

6. F 22°30'13.34"N 71° 3'5.21"E

7. G 22°30'10.71"N 71° 3'5.70"E

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

6 | P a g e

8. H 22°30'10.24"N 71° 3'5.22"E

9. I 22°30'6.28"N 71° 3'6.01"E

10. J 22°30'5.19"N 71° 3'1.86"E

11. K 22°30'6.78"N 71° 3'0.91"E

Figure 1-1- Project Location Map

1.3.2 Importance of Project to the Country/Region

Main purpose of the proposed project is to cater the needs of the market for production of Iron &

Steel billet and future requirement.

With the increase in the industrialization & infrastructure development, there has been an

increase in the demand of steel products. The proposed product is Iron & steel Billets which will

be mainly used for making TMT bars & other steel products. It is used for feedstock to rolling

mills for production of products like wire rods, bars etc. Due to rapid industrial & infrastructure

development there is constant increase in need of steel in the market. Steel products are used

in various sectors of infrastructure development such as industrial establishments, schools

colleges, builders and general public at large. As there is rapid growth in these industrial sectors

within the country as well as globally, accordingly there has been increase in demand for alloy

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

7 | P a g e

steel product.

Being a core sector, steel industry tracks the overall economic growth in the long term. Also,

steel demand, being derived from other sectors like automobiles, consumer durables and

infrastructure, its fortune is dependent on the growth of these user industries. The Indian steel

sector enjoys advantages of domestic availability of raw materials. This provides major cost

advantage to the domestic steel industry. The Indian steel industry is largely iron-based through

the blast furnace (BF) or the direct reduced iron (DRI) route. About 60% of the crude steel

capacity is resident with integrated steel producers (ISP). But the changing ratio of hot metal to

crude steel production indicates the increasing presence of secondary steel producers (non-

integrated steel producers) manufacturing steel through scrap route, enhancing their

dependence on imported raw material. World crude steel production was 152.7 million tonnes

(MT) in 2012, as per World Steel Association (WSA). China accounted for 9.1% of the world's

total crude steel production in 2012, reaching 93.4 MT. During 2012, India maintained its

ranking as the 4th largest steel producing country in the world behind China, Japan and the US

with a crude steel production of 76.7 MT. Global advisory firm Ernst &Young in its recent study

said that India's steel consumption would grow by over 5% in the calendar year 2014 to 83

million tonnes compared with 79 million tones the country consumed in the previous calendar

year. In general there is demand of steel products in the region as well as country and its

demand is increasing day by day due to developmental activities. Main purpose of the proposed

project is to cater the needs for market demand for production of Iron & Steel billet and future

requirement. With the increase in the industrialization & infrastructure development, there has

been an increase in the demand of steel products.

Market Size :

India’s finished steel consumption grew at a CAGR of 5.2 percent during FY16-FY20 to reach

90.68 MT. India’s crude steel and finished steel production increased to 106.56 MT and 131.57

MT in 2018-19, respectively. In FY20 (till November 2019), crude steel and finished steel

production stood at 68.2 MT and 90.3 MT respectively.

During 2020-21, 20.3% MT of steel was exported from India. Exports and imports of finished

steel stood at 5.75 Mill. Tonne and 5.07 Mill. Tonne, respectively, in FY20P (up to November

2019).

The Indian steel industry is very modern with state-of-the-art steel mills. It has always strived for

continuous modernisation and up-gradation of older plants and higher energy efficiency levels.

Government Initiatives :

Some of the other recent government initiatives in this sector are as follows:

Government introduced Steel Scrap Recycling Policy aimed to reduce import.

An export duty of 30 per cent has been levied on iron ore (lumps and fines) to ensure

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

8 | P a g e

supply to domestic steel industry.

Government of India’s focus on infrastructure and restarting road projects is aiding the

boost in demand for steel. Also, further likely acceleration in rural economy and

infrastructure is expected to lead to growth in demand for steel.

The Union Cabinet, Government of India has approved the National Steel Policy

(NSP) 2017, as it seeks to create a globally competitive steel industry in India. NSP

2017 envisages 300 million tonnes (MT) steel-making capacity and 160 kgs per capita

steel consumption by 2030-31.

The Ministry of Steel is facilitating setting up of an industry driven Steel Research and

Technology Mission of India (SRTMI) in association with the public and private sector

steel companies to spearhead research and development activities in the iron and

steel industry at an initial corpus of Rs 200 crore (US $ 30 million).

The Government of India raised import duty on most steel items twice, each time by

2.5 per cent and imposed measures including anti-dumping and safeguard duties on

iron and steel items.

Road ahead

The National Steel Policy, 2017, has envisaged 300 million tonnes of production

capacity by 2030-31. The per capita consumption of steel has increased from 57.6 kg

to 74.1 kg during the last five years. Further, India is expected to surpass USA to

become the world’s second largest steel consumer in 2019*.

As per Indian Steel Association (ISA), steel demand to grow by over 7.2 per cent in

both 2019-20 and 2020-21.

Huge scope for growth is offered by India’s comparatively low per capita steel

consumption and the expected rise in consumption due to increased infrastructure

construction and the thriving automobile and railways sectors.

1.4 Scope and Methodology of the study

The EIA study includes determination of baseline conditions, assessment of the Impacts on the

environment due to the construction and operation of the project and making recommendations

on the preventive measures to be taken, to minimize the impact on the environment to

acceptable levels. A suitable post-study monitoring program will be outlined. Environment

Management Plan will be given based on the emissions and feasibility report. As per the

guidelines, the generic structure of EIA is considered as mentioned in EIA notification dated

14th September, 2006. The scope of study based on MoEF & CC/CPCB guidelines is tabulated

below:

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

9 | P a g e

Figure 1-2- Scope & Methodology of the study

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

10 | P a g e

Table 1-3-Methodology of the study

Environmental

Aspects

No. of

Locations Observations

Meteorology -

One season site specific meteorological status of the

study was carried out for prediction of ground level

concentration in All the direction (Up Wind, Down Wind

& Cross Wind).

Ambient Air Quality 8

The prevailing ambient air quality status was established

through a network of stations monitored during the

period of December - 2020 to February - 2021. The

ambient air quality monitoring as per the parameters

prescribed in TOR was carried out within the study area

of 10 km. Prediction of impacts on air quality due to

proposed operations were carried out through

application of air quality models.

Water GW – 8

SW - 8

The water quality data with respect to physicochemical,

biological parameters and heavy metals were analyzed

to established baseline water quality of study area of 10

km. The wastewater generation, its characterization and

management were carried out which was used in

assessing the impact of the project on water

environment.

Noise 8

Noise level measurements were carried out around the

project site, data were also analyzed for establishing

baseline status of noise and it was used in assessing the

impact of the project on noise & vibration environment.

Soil 8

Soil samples were collected and have been analyzed to

understand nutrient status as well as assessing the

impact of the project on soil environment.

Ecology --

Flora and fauna species was listed based on the

available secondary information. Study of flora and

fauna was carried out within 10 km radius around the

proposed project.

Geology &

Geohydrology --

Geological and geo-hydrological investigation work has

been carried out in and around the study area to know

the status of the study area.

Risk and Hazard

Analysis --

Risk Assessment study has been carried out to evaluate

risk, assess its impact associated to the proposed

project activity --and plan the appropriate action to

control risk by the most economical means.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

11 | P a g e

1.5 Regulatory Framework

The proposed project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts &

Regulations which are formulated by the government to protect environment and maintain good

environmental conditions.

Table 1-4 Regulatory Framework

Sr. No. Legal Instrument Concern Authority or Bodies

1 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

1981 and its subsequent amendments CPCB and SPCB

2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1974 and its subsequent amendments CPCB and SPCB

3 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Rules, 1975 and its subsequent amendments CPCB and SPCB

4

The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 &

Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1986 and

their subsequent amendments

Ministry of Environment and

Forests, & Climate Change

(MoEF&CC), CPCB and SPCB

5 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management

and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016

MoEF & CC, CPCB,

SPCB/UTPCC, DGFT, Port

Authority and Customs Authority

6 EIA Notification, 2006 and its subsequent

amendments MoEF&CC, SPCB/UTPCC

7

Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 amended

1992 & Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991

and its subsequent amendments

MoEF&CC, District Collector

8 The Factories Act, 1948

Ministry of Labour, DGFASLI and

Directorate of Industrial Safety

and Health/Factories Inspectorate

9 Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)

Rules, 2000 and its amendments CPCB and SPCB/UTPCC

1.6 Structure of the Report

The data generated from various studies for EIA/EMP are presented and discussed in following

chapters of this report prepared as per Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Table 1-5 - Structure of the Report

Executive Summary:

This chapter gives the Executive Summary of the EIA report.

Chapter 1 (Introduction): This chapter describes objectives and methodology for EIA.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

12 | P a g e

Chapter 2 (Project

Description):

This chapter gives a brief description of the location,

approachability, manufacturing processes, and details of raw

materials, amenities, layout and utilities of the proposed project.

Chapter 3 (Description of

the Environment):

This chapter presents details of the baseline environmental

status for microclimate, air quality, noise, traffic, water quality,

soil quality, flora, fauna and socio-economic status etc.

Chapter 4 (Anticipated

Environmental Impact

and Mitigation

Measures):

This chapter discusses the possible sources of pollution and

environmental impacts due to the project during construction

and operation phases and suggests the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5 (Analysis of

Alternatives):

This chapter covers analysis of technology alternatives and site

alternatives.

Chapter 6 (Environmental

Monitoring Programme):

This chapter discusses the details about the environmental

monitoring program during construction and operation phases.

Chapter 7 (Additional

Studies):

This chapter covers information about Risk Assessment Studies

for the construction and operation phase, the safety precautions

that are taken during construction phase and Disaster

Management Plan and Emergency Preparedness Plan onsite

and offsite.

Chapter 8 (Project

Benefits): This chapter presents the benefits from this project.

Chapter 9 (Environmental

Cost Benefit Analysis)

If recommended by EAC at the scoping stage, this chapter shall

include the Environmental Cost benefit Analysis of the project.

Chapter 10

(Environmental

Management Plan):

This chapter deals with the Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) for the proposed Project and indicates measures

proposed to minimize the likely impacts on the environment

during construction and operation phases and budgetary

allocation for the same.

Chapter 11 (Conclusion):

This chapter presents the conclusion made by the project

proponent and developer.

Chapter 12 (Disclosure of

Consultants engaged): This chapter presents the details of the consultant.

1 CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

13 | P a g e

Table of Contents 2 CHAPTER 2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ..............................................................15

2.1 Type of Project ..........................................................................................................15

2.2 Need for the project ..................................................................................................15

2.3 Project Location ........................................................................................................15

2.4 Site Photographs ......................................................................................................19

2.5 Justification of Site Selection and Siting criteria ...................................................20

2.6 Size or Magnitude of the project ..............................................................................21

2.6.1 Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption ..............................................22

2.7 Process technology and Manufacturing Process Description ..............................23

2.7.1 Manufacturing Process & Mass Balance .............................................................23

2.7.2 Scrap Purchase Management ...............................................................................26

2.7.3 Standard Procedures for handling Scrap cleaning/sorting process for removal

of foreign materials ..........................................................................................................26

2.7.4 Technology Advantage of Induction Furnace: ....................................................26

2.7.5 Solvent Requirement - Recovery System& VOC Sources & its control

Measures ...........................................................................................................................28

2.8 Raw Materials Requirement with Storage and Transportation Details .................28

2.9 Requirement of Resources ......................................................................................29

2.9.1 Details of Project Land and Plant Layout Capital................................................29

2.9.2 Electricity/Power ...................................................................................................29

2.9.3 Water ......................................................................................................................30

2.9.4 Fuel .........................................................................................................................30

2.9.5 Manpower ..............................................................................................................30

2.9.6 Plant Machineries & Utilities .................................................................................31

2.9.7 Potential and Proposed Control Measures ..........................................................32

2.9.8 Water Pollution ......................................................................................................32

2.10 Pollution Potential and Mitigation Measures ..........................................................34

2.10.1 Air Pollution .......................................................................................................34

2.10.2 Flue Gas Emission .............................................................................................34

2.10.3 Process gas emissions .....................................................................................35

2.10.4 Fugitive emissions .............................................................................................37

2.10.5 Solid/Hazardous Waste .....................................................................................37

2.10.6 Noise & Vibration ...............................................................................................38

2.11 Fire & Safety details ..................................................................................................38

14 | P a g e

2.12 Odour source and its control ...................................................................................41

2.13 Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws & GFR 1963 .........................41

2.14 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL & IMPLEMENTATION ..........................41

2.15 Assessment of New and Untested Technology ......................................................41

List of Tables Table 2-1- Coordinates of the project site .............................................................................15

Table 2-2-Environmental Aspects ..........................................................................................20

Table 2-3– List of industries ...................................................................................................21

Table 2-4- Capital Cost of Proposed Project .........................................................................21

Table 2-5-Details of Products .................................................................................................22

Table 2-6-Details of Raw Materials .........................................................................................22

Table 2-8- Area Break Up ........................................................................................................29

Table 2-8-Details of Power Consumption ..............................................................................29

Table 2-9-Total Water Consumption ......................................................................................30

Table 2-10- Fuel Consumption Details ...................................................................................30

Table 2-11- Manpower Details ................................................................................................30

Table 2-12- Details of Plant Machineries ...............................................................................31

Table 2-13- Details of STP ......................................................................................................33

Table 2-14- Stream wise fresh water consumption & wastewater generation ....................33

Table 2-15- Details of Flue Gas Stacks ..................................................................................35

Table 2-16 Details of Air Pollution Control Management .....................................................36

Table 2-17- Details of Hazardous waste ................................................................................38

Table 2-18- Details of Solid waste ..........................................................................................38

Table 2-19- Fire Load Calculation ..........................................................................................38

List of Figures Figure 2- 1 Google Map Showing 5 & 10 km radius from the Project Site ..........................16 Figure 2- 2 Google Map Showing Project Site ......................................................................17 Figure 2- 3 Plant Layout .........................................................................................................18 Figure 2- 4 List of Nearby Industries .....................................................................................21 Figure 2- 5 manufacturing process of Iron & Steel billets ....................................................24 Figure 2- 6 Manufacturing process of Round Bars ..............................................................25 Figure 2- 7 Schematic diagram of manufacturing process ..................................................26 Figure 2- 8 Induction Furnace ................................................................................................28 Figure 2- 9 Water Balance Diagram - After proposed expansion ........................................34 Figure 2- 10 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Induction

Furnace ....................................................................................................................................36 Figure 2- 11 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Reheating

furnace .....................................................................................................................................36

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

15 | P a g e

CHAPTER 2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

2.1 Type of Project

M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, The proposed project is about the

expansion in Iron & Steel billet and Round Bars with production capacity from 26,400 to 1,17,600

T/Year of Iron & Steel Billet and 1,36,800 T/Y of Round Bars.

The stated project will be carried out within the premises. Thus, this is a brown field project

where unit intends to manufacture products covered under Category 3(a)-B as per EIA

Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF & CC), dated.14-Sep-06.

2.2 Need for the project

Main purpose of the proposed project is to cater the needs for market demand for production of

Iron & Steel billet and future requirement. With the increase in the industrialization & infrastructure

development, there has been an increase in the demand of steel products. The proposed product

is Iron & steel Billets and rolling bar which will be mainly used for making TMT bars & other steel

products. It is used for feedstock to rolling mills for production of long products like wire rods,

bars/rods and structural. Steel Billet is also used extensively in forge shops and machine shops for

production of engineering goods and also as feedstock for seamless tubes. Steel products are

used by the large section of the public such as industrial establishments, schools colleges, farmers,

agriculturists, builders and general public at large. As there is rapid growth in these industrial

sectors within the country as well as globally, accordingly there has been increase in demand for

alloy steel product.

2.3 Project Location The proposed project is to be located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, Garida, Ta.

Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, Gujarat. It is situated at Latitude: 22°30'11.76"N & Longitude:

71° 3'0.17"E. Nearest major city is Wankaner – which is 18 KM far from the project site in

direction NW.

Table 2-1- Coordinates of the project site

Sr. No. Corners Latitude Longitude

1. A 22°30'09.44"N 71° 3'3.40"E

2. B 22°30'11.87"N 71° 3'0.27"E

3. C 22°30'14.96"N 71° 2'58.52"E

4. D 22°30'10.09"N 71° 2'59.54"E

5. E 22°30'12.54"N 71° 3'1.86"E

6. F 22°30'13.81"N 71° 3'2.53"E

7. G 22°30'13.64"N 71° 3'5.48"E

8. H 22°30'11.45"N 71° 3'5.95"E

9. I 22°30'10.11"N 71° 3'5.36"E

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

16 | P a g e

10. J 22°30'6.13"N 71° 3'6.07"E

11. K 22°30'10.09"N 71° 3'1.98"E

12. L 22°30'6.52"N 71° 3'0.76"E

13. M 22°30'6.28"N 71° 2'58.22"E

14. N 22°30'8.41"N 71° 2'57.43"E

Google map showing surrounding areas in 10 km radius from the project site are given as

Figure 2-2.

Figure 2- 1 Google Map Showing 5 & 10 km radius from the Project Site

(Source: Google Earth)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

17 | P a g e

Figure 2- 2 Google Map Showing Project Site

(Source: Google Earth)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

18 | P a g e

Figure 2- 3 Plant Layout

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

19 | P a g e

2.4 Site Photographs

Direction: North Direction: South

Date: 21/02/2021 Date: 21/02/2021

Direction: East Direction: West

Date: 21/02/2021 Date: 21/02/2021

Figure 2- 4 Site Photographs

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

20 | P a g e

2.5 Justification of Site Selection and Siting criteria The unit is located at at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/ P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi

– 363621, Gujarat, India and site selection was guided by many factors like infrastructure, availability

of land, water sources, fuel, transportation, Manpower, power availability etc.

It is an expansion project/ brown field and thus no displacement of population will take place. There is

no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) &Eco sensitive area notified

under the Environment (Protection) Act- 1986 exists within 05 km radius areas from the project site.

The requisite skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour from local area would be easily available.

Salient features in the surroundings area of the site as well as infrastructure availability with

approximate aerial distance and direction are as given below:

Table 2-2-Environmental Aspects

Sr. No. Features Particulars

1. Nearest village Garida - 2 Km (SW)

2. Nearest Town/City Wankaner – 18 Km (NW)

3. Nearest Habitation Garida – 2 Km (E) Ratadiya – 2.5 Km (W)

4. Nearest Railway Station Wankaner Railway Station - 15.61 Km (NNW)

5. Nearest Hospital Aashirvad Hospital -18.16 Km (SE)

6. Nearest Highway NH-8 -2 Km (WNW)

7. Nearest Airport Rajkot -47.4 Km (SW)

8. Nearest Fire Station Railnagar Sub Fire Station- 34 Km (SW)

9. Nearest Water Body Artificial Lake -1.5. Km (SW)

10. Ecologically sensitive zones Not within 05 Kms

11. Historical/ Archaeological places Not within 10 Kms

12. National Parks/Wild Life Sanctuary Not within 05 Kms

13. Seismic Zone Seismic Zone III

14. MSL 48m

15. Annual rainfall 509 mm

16. Temperature range 18oC - 39oC

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

21 | P a g e

Table 2-3– List of industries

Sr. No. Name of Industry Distance & Direction

Type of Industry

1. Neon Industries 11.33 Km, NW Industrial Equipment Supplier

2. Shree Shakti Oil Industries

8.16 Km, SSE Oil Industries

3. Poonam Ceramic Industries

9.54 Km, NNE Ceramic Manufacturer

4. Jagdish Ceramic Industries

16.24 Km, WNW Ceramic Manufacturer

5. Silex Industries 10.64 Km, S Chemical industry

Figure 2- 5 List of Nearby Industries

2.6 Size or Magnitude of the project The total land area of the plot is 43503 m2

The breakup of the Total Capital Cost is given in Table 4 and the time of completion of the project after getting EC is 6-8 month.

Table 2-4- Capital Cost of Proposed Project

Sr. Particulars Cost (In Rupees)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

22 | P a g e

No. Existing Proposed Total

1. Land Plot At…(Based On Land

Acquisition Agreement) 10,00,000 - 10,00,000

2. Factory Building (Based On

Estimated By Engineer) 4,00,00,000 6,00,00,000 10,00,00,000

3. Plant & Machinery (Based On

Quotation From Various Suppliers) 15,35,00,000 23,00,00,000 38,35,00,000

4 Others 1,01,00,000 5,54,00,000 6,55,00,000

Total 20,46,00,000 34,54,00,000 550,000,000

2.6.1 Details of Products & Raw Material Consumption

2.6.1.1 Details of Products:

The details of expansion in proposed products along with the capacity are listed below in Table

Table 2-5-Details of Products

Sr. no.

Name of the Products

Quantity (T/Annum)

Existing Proposed Total

1 Iron and Steel

Billets 26,400 1,17,600 1,44,000

2 Round Bars: Re-Rolling

00 1,36,800 1,36,800

Total 26,400 2,54,400 2,80,800

2.6.1.2 Details of Raw Materials:

Basic raw materials will be i.e. Iron/steel Scraps or Pig/Sponge iron sourced from scrap

dealers, (Bhavnagar).

Inspection of incoming raw material will be conducted in the inspection yard and rejection

will be returned to the vendors and accepted material will be stored in the respective raw

material yard in order to make the particular lot / batch as per the demand of the market.

The raw materials used for the production are given in Table 6.

Table 2-6-Details of Raw Materials

Details of Existing Raw Materials

Sr. No. Name of Raw Material Per tonne of production

Total Qty T/Year

1 Iron/Steel Scrap 1.05 T 27,720

2 Or Pig Sponge 1.20 T 31,680

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

23 | P a g e

Details of Proposed Raw Materials

Sr. No. Name of Raw Material

Quantity

Per tonne of production

T/Year

For Iron and Steel Billets

1. Iron/Steel Scrap 1.05 T 1,23,480

2. Or Pig Sponge 1.20 T 1,41,120

For Round Bars: Re-Rolling

1. Iron and steel billets 1.05 T 1,44,000

2.7 Process technology and Manufacturing Process Description

The Iron & Steel billet products are manufactured by proven process optimally available from

academic sources. The Best Available Technology for the said products is through the

production experience by technocrats. Electric Induction furnaces powered by energy are

adopted as the best available technology for manufacturing process. The melting of metals is

through furnaces achieving the best thermal efficiency. The Company has adopted the best

available technology and also formulated the Energy Saving Policy statement.

2.7.1 Manufacturing Process & Mass Balance

1. Iron & Steel Billets

Basic raw materials will be i.e. Iron/steel Scraps or Pig/Sponge iron sourced from scrap

dealers, (Bhavnagar).

Inspection of incoming raw material will be conducted in the inspection yard and rejection

will be returned to the vendors and accepted material will be stored in the respective raw

material yard in order to make the particular lot / batch as per the demand of the market.

The scrap will be then charged into the Induction Furnace. The scrap in the induction

furnace will be heated till 1600 degree Celsius.

At this temperature, the scrap will be converted into liquid mass form and during this process

the slag and other impurities/ foreign materials will be removed which is floating on top of

the melted mass.

Water sprinkling will be done on slag to cool down the temperature of the slag.

Impurities will be sold to other recyclers.

Rich minerals such as aluminium, silicon, manganese, etc will be added at this stage to

make the metal of the desired grade at this stage.

Liquid mass will be transferred to ladle followed by Continuous Casting Machine where hot

billets are formed.

After cooling the finished product i.e. Iron & steel Billets will be shifted to storage

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

24 | P a g e

Figure 2- 6 manufacturing process of Iron & Steel billets

2. Round Bars: Re-Rolling

Basic raw materials will be Iron and steel billets

From the room temperature it will be sent for heating in Reheating Furnace from 500 –

550oC to soften the billets.

After reheating softens billets will be sent in rolling machine.

From rolling it will be formed in desired shape of steel bars.

After rolling, steel bars will be cool down to room temperature.

After cooling it will be sent for Quality test.

After quality test it will be sent for Sawing to cut into desired length.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

25 | P a g e

Later it will be sent for again quality test and sent for storage.

Manufacturing Flowchart & Mass Balance

Figure 2- 7 Manufacturing process of Round Bars

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

26 | P a g e

Figure 2- 8 Schematic diagram of manufacturing process

2.7.2 Scrap Purchase Management

As MS scrap is a by-product, it's been procured from various manufacturers like casting, forging,

machining and other units. Therefore, the scraps procured from these factories are of top quality and is

clean and ready to be used. The ratio of this would be 85-90%. The material procured from small to

medium scrap collectors has some dust and other undesired materials in them like plastic, rubber

and paint. The quantity of the same is negligible and is cleaned in the scrap cleaning phase.

2.7.3 Standard Procedures for handling Scrap cleaning/sorting process for removal of

foreign materials

Unskilled labours are employed directly or indirectly in the company to segregate the ~15%

scrap procured from small & medium collectors of scrap. The steps of the same go as follows:

(SOP)

A. Scrap is to be primarily inspected in vehicle before unloading.

B. The scrap to be unloaded into the observation area if the material is found as per

standards. If not, return the material.

C. Detailed observation is to be made and all the undesired material to be identified and

red tagged.

D. Identified undesired material to be removed and stored in waste storage area and the

clean scrap should be stored in the respective raw material storage yard space

depending on the size and nature of the material.

E. The waste storage area is to be cleaned and the undesired material to be sold back into

the market on a regular basis.

All raw materials like Iron ore, MS scraps will be received and stored in respected closed storage

shed. Scrap from ship is low carbon and good quality. All raw scraps are separated by magnetic

separator. Separated scrap is manually examined for removal of painted, oily and dirty residual

scrap. Such scrap is sorted out.

2.7.4 Technology Advantage of Induction Furnace:

Technology provides Iron shunts which cover up to 60% of the outside of the coil to ensure

adequate control of the magnetic field and direct mechanical support of the coil. Furnace coil is

manufactured from heavy wall copper tubing to provide strength and large water paths to

ensure adequate cooling to the back of the refractory lining

Furnace coils incorporate low loss stainless steel cooling coils above and below the power coil

to ensure adequate cooling to the back of the refractory lining through the full height. Low

conductivity stainless steel is used to construct the cooling coils to reduce the amount of energy

induced in to cooling section thereby increasing the energy available for melting and reducing

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

27 | P a g e

the losses to cooling system. Spacers placed between the coil turns in 16 positions around the

circumference of the coil ensure rigidity of the coil in the vertical and provide a means for the coil

to “breath”. The coils ability to breath ensures the free passage of moisture from the refractory

lining during the sinter cycle.

Coils are insulated with a proprietary material. The use of this material allows operating with

elevated coil voltages. High coil voltages mean lower currents for the same kilowatt draw

resulting in lower electrical loses. It also means higher voltages are induced into the charge

which enhances the “contact” within the charge levels of power draw.

The power supplies are built into steel enclosures. This ensures all the components,

interconnecting cables and bus bars are installed in the factory prior to delivery. This design

enables to simplify the installation of the equipment and shorten the onsite installation and

commissioning period. This construction ensures the power supply sits on a flat floor and does

not require any trenches.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

28 | P a g e

Figure 2- 9 Induction Furnace

Induction furnaces offer certain advantages over other furnace systems. They include:

Higher Yield. The absence of combustion sources reduces oxidation losses that can be

significant in production economics.

Faster Startup. Full power from the power supply is available, instantaneously, thus

reducing the time to reach working temperature. Cold charge-to-tap times of one to two

hours are common.

Flexibility. No molten metal is necessary to start medium frequency coreless induction

melting equipment. This facilitates repeated cold starting and frequent alloy changes.

Natural Stirring. Medium frequency units can give a strong stirring action resulting in a

homogeneous melt.

Cleaner Melting. No by-products of combustion means a cleaner melting environment

and no associated products of combustion pollution control systems.

Compact Installation. High melting rates can be obtained from small furnaces.

Reduced Refractory. The compact size in relation to melting rate means induction

furnaces require much less refractory than fuel-fired units

Better Working Environment. Induction furnaces are much quieter than gas furnaces,

arc furnaces, or cupolas. No combustion gas is present and waste heat is minimized.

Energy Conservation. Overall energy efficiency in induction melting ranges from 55 to 75

percent, and is significantly better than combustion processes.

2.7.5 Solvent Requirement - Recovery System& VOC Sources & its control Measures

There is no solvent used in the process for any of the above products. There is no VOC source

from the manufacturing process and raw materials being used and proposed to be used in the

operation.

2.8 Raw Materials Requirement with Storage and Transportation Details Mostly all raw materials are available in local market so, they will be purchased from local

market. Mainly trucks are used for the transportation of raw materials.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

29 | P a g e

2.9 Requirement of Resources

2.9.1 Details of Project Land and Plant Layout Capital

M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited has obtained project land in Garida. Land possession

document and non-agricultural (NA) land certificate is enclosed as Annexure 3 Total available

land area of premises is 43503 m2, out of which 14501 m2 (33.02%) area will be developed for

greenbelt. It may be noted that no additional land will be required for proposed project. Detailed

break-up of land area is given in Table 7.

Table 2-7- Area Break Up

Sr. No.

Name of Building / Facility Area

(Sq. Mt.)

1 Shade of production work 5315.30

2 Scrape Yard 2423.20

3 Billet & round bar storage area 2361.60

4 Utility Area (Including STP) 360.00

5 Admin office 250.00

6 Canteen 100.00

7 Loading Unloading 1903.00

8 Parking 500.00

9 Greenbelt Area 14501.00

10 Open Area 5560.00

11 Open area for further expansion 10188.90

12 OHC 40.00

TOTAL AREA 43503.00

There are requirement of resources like water, power, fuel, manpower, plant & machineries,

utilities etc. Details of requirement of such resources for project are described in subsequent

sections under respective headings.

2.9.2 Electricity/Power

Total power requirement for the project will be about 14 MW which will be procured from

Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (PGVCL).

Table 2-8-Details of Power Consumption

Sr. No. Source Total

1. PGVCL (Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited) 14 MW

2. D.G. Set (Stand by) 500 KVA x 1 Nos.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

30 | P a g e

2.9.3 Water

Total fresh Water requirement of the project after expansion for domestic & Industrial activity

during operation phase will be 35.5 KLD. Water requirement for expansion will be met from

tanker supply. The detailed water requirement shown in below Table,

Table 2-9-Total Water Consumption

Sr.

No. Purpose

Water Consumption, (In KLD)

Existing Proposed Total

1 Domestic 2.0 7.0 9.0

2 Gardening 2.0 4.0 6.0 (Recycled STP Waste

Water)

3 Industrial

a. Cooling 4.0 16.0 20.0

b. Scrubber 0 0.5 0.5

c. Others/RO 1.0 5.0 6.0

Total (Industrial) 5.0 21.5 26.5

Total (1+2+3) 9.0 32.50 41.50

Total fresh water consumption: 35.5 Total water consumption: 41.50

2.9.4 Fuel

Coal is proposed to be used for Reheating furnace for billets, Diesel will be used as fuel in D. G.

Set. A D.G. set of capacity 14 MW has been proposed which will be sufficient to meet the power

requirement for the proposed project. The fuel consumption for the proposed project is

anticipated to be as follows:

Table 2-10- Fuel Consumption Details

Sr. No. Name of fuel Quantity

1. Diesel 100 Lit/Hour

2. Coal/

Natural Gas 12 MT/Day / 1000 M3/Day

2.9.5 Manpower

The Promoters has estimated manpower requirement of 150 direct & 20 indirect employment.

Table 2-11- Manpower Details

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

31 | P a g e

Employment Generation

1. Direct 150

2. Indirect 20

Total 170

2.9.6 Plant Machineries & Utilities

List of plant machineries required for the proposed project is given in Table

Table 2-12- Details of Plant Machineries

Sr. No. Machinery List Quantity

1 Induction Furnace 30MT / 140000MW 1

2 EOT Crane 30/10MT 3

3 EOT Crane 20MT 2

4 EOT Crane 70/30MT 1

5 EOT Crane 15MT 1

6 EOT Crane 10MT 1

7 CCM Billet Caster 6/11 1(Two Strands)

8 Transformer 17MVA (8.5 X 2) 1

9 66kv sub station 1

10 Transformer 20MW 1

11 Billet Cutting Machine 2

12 Scrap Pusher Machine 2

13 Water Pumps 1 set

14 Crane Gentry Girder (Scrapyard) 1

15 Crane Gentry Girder (Melt Shop) 1

16 Crane Gentry Girder (Rolling Mill) 1

17 Complete Workshop 1 set

18 Water pipelines 1 set

19 Electric Panels and Cables 1 set

20 Power Line 1 set

21 Line Charge - Getco 1

22 APCMs 1

23 DG Sets 1

24 Rolling Mill Complex - 510mm 1 set

25 Lining Vibrator 1

26 Scrap Transfer Trolley 1

27 Hydraulic Orange Peel Grab 1

28 Electro Magnets 3

29 Transformer 3500KVA 1

30 Transformer 2500KVA 1

31 Ladle- 35MT Capacity 3

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

32 | P a g e

32 Ladle Hanger 2

33 RO Plant 1

34 Pollution Control Unit 1 set

35 Lab Equipments - Spectrometer 1

36 Cooling Tower 1 set

2.9.7 Potential and Proposed Control Measures

There are possibilities of pollution from the proposed project due to domestic & industrial

wastewater generation & disposal, gaseous emission from process, flue gas emission from

utilities, fugitive emission, noise and hazardous waste generation & disposal. The said probable

pollutions are described below under respective heading with necessary details and mitigation

measures.

2.9.8 Water Pollution

The source of water is Tanker Supply. Total fresh water requirement for the proposed project

after expansion will be 35.5 KLD out of which 9 KLD will be used for domestic use and 26.5 KLD

for industrial purposes. About 7 KLD of sewage will be generated, which will be treated in STP. 6

KLD reused for gardening.

2.9.8.1 Process Description of STP:

Wastewater generated from toilets, bathrooms, Canteen etc.is collected via series of drains and

is collected in sewage collection tank which is fully enclosed and covered with slab. Oil & grease

trap is provided in collection tank. Collected sewage is treated as per process given below:

The sewage generated shall be received by gravity at the screen chamber & sewage collection

sump. Solid particles such as clothes, plastics etc. are trapped in bar screen and removed

manually with help of spade.

Screened are cleaned regularly so as to avoid any blockages. Screened matter will be collected

and stored in drum for disposal.

The sewage from sewage collection sump shall be pumped to the aeration compartment of

the package unit as per predetermined schedule. The package sewage treatment plant is

designed as a completely mixed aerobic system. In the aeration tank sufficient aeration time

shall be provided to obtain good growth of the biomass. The oxygen required for the bio growth

shall be provided by the Aeration blower provided near the package plant.

The treated sewage from the Aeration unit shall be taken to the settler. In the settler the

biomass shall separate and are removed periodically. Clarified wastewater shall be taken to

filter feed sump / clarified sewage tank.

The clarified water from the package plant shall be passed through the Pressure Sand Filter &

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

33 | P a g e

Activated Carbon filter, to remove fine suspended solids & left over organics. The filters shall be

backwashed once in 48 hrs or when the pressure drop exceeds 0.5 kg/cm2. The treated

sewage shall be suitably chlorinated (as per statutory regulation) before it is stored in treated

sewage tank. This treated water shall be reused for horticulture / toilet flushing.

The excess sludge generated in the treatment plant is taken to the Sludge Drying Bed,

which shall be located near the receiving sump. The filtrate from sludge drying bed is brought

back to the receiving sump by gravity. The dewatered sludge may be used for composting. The

receiving sump is RCC tank with RCC Slab & the Package plant can be located on slab top, if

space is constrained.

Table 2-13- Details of STP

Sr. No.

Name of Unit Nos. Length, meter

Width, Meter

Liquid Depth meter

Liquid Volume,

(cubic meter)

Retention Time

1. Bar screen 1 400 mm X 600 mm -

2. Equalization Sedimentation Tank

1 3.0 2.0 3.0 18.0 43.2 hr

3. Aeration Tank 1 2.0 1.0 3.0 6.0 14 hr

4. Sludge drying bed 1 3.0 3.0 0.5 -

5. Secondary Sedimentation Tank

1 3.0 2.0 4.0 24.0 57.6 hr

6. Pressure sand Filter 1 1000 l/ hr capacity -

7. Carbon Filter 1 1000 l/hr capacity -

2.9.8.2 Water Balance

Domestic Wastewater: About 7 KLD of sewage will be generated, which will be treated in STP

Industrial Wastewater: Total 3 KLD will be generated from industrial wastewater, which will be

reused in sprinkling on hot iron slag.

Table 2-14- Stream wise fresh water consumption & wastewater generation

Sr.

No. Purpose

Water Consumption, KLD Wastewater Generation, KLD

Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total

1 Domestic 2.0 7.0 9.0 1.50 5.50 7.00

2 Industrial

a. Cooling 4.0 16.0 20.0 0.2 1.80 2.0

b. Scrubber 0 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0

c. Others/RO 1.0 5.0 6.0 0.2 0.80 1.0

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

34 | P a g e

Total (Industrial) 5.0 21.5 26.5 0.4 2.6 3.0

Total (1+2) 9.0 32.50 35.5 1.90 8.1 10.0

*About 7 KLD of sewage will be generated, which will be disposed through STP, out of

which 6 KLD reused for gardening

Figure 2- 10 Water Balance Diagram - After proposed expansion

2.10 Pollution Potential and Mitigation Measures

The details of pollution from the project due to domestic and industrial wastewater generation &

disposal, flue gas emission from utilities, fugitive emission, noise & vibration and hazardous

waste generation & disposal. The said probable pollutants are described below under respective

heading with necessary details and mitigation measures.

2.10.1 Air Pollution

In this proposed project, flue gas emission will be the main source of air pollution.

2.10.2 Flue Gas Emission

Gaseous emissions will generate from reheating furnace. Coal shall be used as fuel. The other

gaseous emission from the proposed project is the flue gas emission from the stack attached to

D. G. Set. Diesel Will be used as fuel for D. G. Set. The table below shows the sources of the air

pollution with the air pollutant emitted from the sources.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

35 | P a g e

Table 2-15- Details of Flue Gas Stacks

SR. no.

Source of emission

With Capacity

e.g. Boiler (8 TPH)

Stack Height (meter)

Name of the

fuel & Quantity

Stack Diameter (meter)

Type of emissions

i.e. Air Pollutants

APCM Emission Standards

Existing

1.

Induction Furnace (with two crucible)

Capacity: 10 T.

30 Electricity

As per requirement

1.13 SPM

Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision

of movable primary & secondary suction

hood

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

2.

D.G. Set (500 KVA)

Standby 12

Diesel

100 Lit/hr .

SPM

Adequate Stack

Height

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

Proposed

1.

Induction Furnace (with two crucible)

Capacity: 30 T.

30

Electricity

As per requirement

1.13 SPM

Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction

hood

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

2. Reheating

Furnace for billets

22

Natural gas 1000 M

3/day

0.8 SPM SO2

NOx

Adequate Stack Height

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

Coal (will be used until we get Natural Gas connection) 12 MT/day

Multi cyclone Dust collector followed by

water Scrubber

2.10.3 Process gas emissions

There is no process emission.

2.10.3.1 Details of Air Pollution Control Measures

Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood to Induction Furnace.

Multi cyclone dust collector followed by water Scrubber to Re-heating furnace in case of coal will be used as a fuel.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

36 | P a g e

Table 2-16 Details of Air Pollution Control Management

Figure 2- 11 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Induction Furnace

Figure 2- 12 Schematic Diagram of air pollution control devices attached to Reheating furnace

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

37 | P a g e

Particulars Details

Fumes from sources 25T IMF

Gas Volume 150,000 Am3/hr.

Gas Temp. 100-160 C.

Filter Bags

Made out of PTFE Membrane on 100 %

polyester Non-Woven Needle Felt fabric with

heat signed and calendared finish (water & oil

repellent)

Bag house type

Off-line types FES system:

Modular section - pulse jet (6 compartment)=

2 Row X 3(170 Bags 5525 mm length)

Spark arrestor with gas cooling arrangement Heat exchanger type (FDC) with cooling fans.

Emissions at chimney < 50 mg/Nm3

2.10.4 Fugitive emissions

There are two sources of fugitive emission (1) from process and (2) Vehicular emission, hence,

the suction hood on each induction furnace will be provided with duct guided to proposed

Reverse Pulse jet Bag filters to each induction furnace. The suction hood will be guided to top of

the induction furnace Crucible lid. The air above lid will be under pressure to suction hood to

control the fugitive emission beyond the work zone area.

Fugitive emission from (2) Vehicular emission due to Nos. of vehicles transportation per day for

handling raw materials and finished products, Slags, Dust bags from Bag Filters

A) Finish Goods: Equivalent vehicles per day: 30 Trucks per day

B) Raw Material: 312840 T/ 25 T truck = (12600 trucks/Year)/12 Months/30 Days = 40

Trucks per day.

C) Slag: 1 Truck load every week

D) Dust Bags:1 Truck load every fifteen days

Total Truck load estimates will be 70 nos. per day. Periodical work zone monitoring will be

carried out once in six months for 8 hrs and 15 minutes for parameters PM10, SO2 and other

parameters as per the Factories Act. RCC Roads will be provided to restrict the fugitive

emissions.

2.10.5 Solid/Hazardous Waste

Details of management of the hazardous wastes to be generated from the project stating detail

of storage area for each type of waste, its handling, its utilization and disposal etc.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

38 | P a g e

Table 2-17- Details of Hazardous waste

Sr. No.

Type of Hazardous

Waste.

Category Code /

No.

Total Quantity (MT/Year)

Generation source

Hazardous Waste Handling and Management Facilities.

1. Used oil, I -5.1 0.2 Machine, DG Set Collection, Storage and

reused in the factory premises as a lubricant.

2.

Discarded Containers /

Barrels /Liners contaminate

with Hazardous Waste/Chemical

I -33.3 2.0 Hazardous Materials

Receiving barrels

Collection, Storage and returned to Supplier.

Table 2-18- Details of Solid waste

Sr. No.

Type of solid Waste.

Total Quantity

Solid Waste Handling and Management Facilities.

1. Slag

7,000 MT/Year (while using Iron & Steel

Scrap) 28,800 MT/Year (while using pig/sponge

iron)

Collection, Storage and sell for filling up in low lying area, construction or roads etc/ sale to actual end users after maximum possible re-melting.

2.10.6 Noise & Vibration

All Plant Machinery shall be installed under closed covered shed area.

All Plant machinery shall be lubricated from time to time to reduce Noise pollution.

Ear plugs or ear muffs will be provided to all the workers.

Noise and vibration control system such as equipment foundation pads, silencers shall be

used to minimize noise and vibration.

2.11 Fire & Safety details Unit proposed the fire water storage tank of capacity: 200 KL and water hydrant system in the

proposed plant area to control the fire emergency. The PPEs will be provided to the work zone

area with adequate numbers with 1st Aid facilities at work place and office area.

Table 2-19- Fire Load Calculation

FIRE LOAD CALCULATION

1 Name & Address of

factory : M/s. Sunrise multi Steel Pvt. Ltd.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

39 | P a g e

Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621

2 Phone Number : 9825072622

3 Name of Occupier : Mr. Sanjaykumar Vallabhbhai Pan

4 Total Floor of the factory : Ground Floor + 01

5 Detail of Combustible Area (In sq. Meter)

a) Total Floor Area : 12753.00

M

2

b) Open Space Area in which Combustible

Material stored : 3060 M

2

c) Area having more than

15 meter Height : 0.00 M

2

d) Area having Wooden

material :

390

M

2

Total (a + b + c + d) :

16203.00

M

2

6 a + b + c + d

20 : 16203.00 / 20 =

810.15

L/Min

7 Total Requirement of Water (based on area in sr. no-6)

: 40507.50

Liters

8 Current Water storage Capacity for fire hydrant

: 200.00

Liters

Underground Tank + overhead tank + On ground Tank

: 200.00

Liters

9 In case of Fire, Arrangement for water to be used in fire

fighting

a) Is Hydrant Line available? If Yes give dimension of Pipe.

:

6.0 Inch Diameter fire hydrant line will be provided connected to

Jockey Pump and sprinkler system. The jockey pump is placed

with the fire water tank having capacity of 200 KL.

b)

Which type of arrangement are available for Supply water on ground or upper floor i.e. Pipe line and it's Diameter (c.m.); Give detail

: Pipeline having diameter of 6” inches will be installed.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

40 | P a g e

c) Are Fire Water Pump Available or Not? Give detail

: One electricity operated jockey pump of capacity 150 LPM

10

If the Value of Sr. 6 is more than 550, then requirement of trailer Pump is applicable. If it applicable then what is the arrangement for the Same. Give detail

:

Provision of one number of trailer pump with Minimum Output:

4500 LPM @ 8 bar. The plant will be equipped with fire

hydrant system and fire extinguishers. Provision of two

Numbers of Foam Trolley having capacity of 25 Liters.

11 How many water buckets required?

: 30 nos

12

How Many 9 Litres water type Extinguisher required?(Water Bucket/6)

Fire Extinguisher

required = 30 / 6 = 5

Bucket may be dispensed with provided supply of extinguisher

is double than indicate

above = 0 + 5 = 5

13

Requirement of 5 Kg CO2 Type Fire Extinguisher for Class - E fire. Floor wise (1 for every 15 m length)

: 10 nos

Total requirement of Fire extinguishers

: 5 + 0

5 nos

14 Details of installed Fire Extinguishers.

Type nos

ABC (4.5 Kg) : 16

CO2 (4.5 kg) : 15

SAND BUCKET : 2

FOAM ( 9L) : 05

DCP (5 kg) : 03

TOTAL : 41

15 Additional Fire Extinguisher Required

: No

16

Emergency Fire Exit provided to Each Floor? Ladder Provided to Each floor?

:

Ladder is provided to first floor

with 2.0 meter width

17 Arrangement for Fire warning. i.e. Hooter /

: Emergency siren is provided at

security Gate

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

41 | P a g e

Ele. Bell / Other

18 Water Sprinkler Provided?

: No

19. Nearest Fire Station Railnagar Sub Fire Station- 34

Km

20. Travelling Time of Fire

Service ~ 30 Min.

2.12 Odour source and its control No specific chemical or group of chemicals is having potential odour sources.

2.13 Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws & GFR 1963 There is no Show Case Notice (SCN) order or any other notices from GPCB from the time of

establishment.

Details of any fatal and non-fatal accidents and dangerous occurrence under the Gujarat

Factorial Rules 1963 (GFR) for factories for the last three years: No fatal and non-fatal accident

and dangerous occurred in last three years since the unit is still under construction and

operation has not started.

2.14 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL & IMPLEMENTATION The tentative project schedule is given below. The implementation of the project will be taken up

after receipt of Consent to establish from Gujarat State Pollution Control Board. Time schedule

for Approval & implementation of the project is given in Table below.

2.15 Assessment of New and Untested Technology The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market for the

manufacturing of proposed products to achieve maximum yield with minimum pollution

generation and fugitive emission. The unit is very concerned and conscious about the product

quality and equally about the environmental protection & resource conservation. Hence, unit will

put continuous efforts for replacing / upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the

best available technology.

Application for obtaining TOR SIA/GJ/IND/56130/2020 dated 17th October 2020

ToR Letter SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/3(a)/183/2021 dated 3rd March 2021

Base line Monitoring Period December 2020 to February 2021

Public Hearing June 2021 (Tentatively)

Submission of final EIA for EC August 2021 (Tentatively)

1 CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 43

Table of Contents 3 CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................46

3.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 46

3.2 Methodology ....................................................................................................... 47

3.3 Geology ............................................................................................................... 49

3.4 Geomorphology and soil type ............................................................................ 49

3.5 Hydrogeology ...................................................................................................... 49

3.6 Land Use ............................................................................................................. 50

3.7 Drainage Pattern ................................................................................................. 52

3.8 Seismicity of the Study Area .............................................................................. 52

3.9 Meteorology ........................................................................................................ 53

3.9.1 Met Data Generated at Site ............................................................................. 54

3.10 Ambient Air Quality ............................................................................................ 56

3.10.1 Reconnaissance .......................................................................................... 56

3.10.2 Methodology for Air Monitoring: ................................................................ 56

3.10.3 Selection of Stations for Sampling: ............................................................ 56

3.10.4 Observations on Ambient Quality .............................................................. 63

3.11 Noise Environment ............................................................................................. 65

3.11.1 Reconnaissance .......................................................................................... 65

3.11.2 Methodology for Noise Monitoring ............................................................. 65

3.11.3 Noise Monitoring Locations ........................................................................ 65

3.11.4 Observation and Discussions ..................................................................... 66

3.12 Ground Water Quality ......................................................................................... 68

3.12.1 Reconnaissance Survey .............................................................................. 68

3.12.2 Methodology of Monitoring ......................................................................... 68

3.12.3 Ground Water Quality .................................................................................. 69

3.12.4 Observation of ground water monitoring results ...................................... 72

3.13 Surface Water Quality ......................................................................................... 72

3.14 Soil Environment ................................................................................................ 78

3.14.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 78

3.14.2 Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................. 79

3.14.3 Analysis of Soil Samples ............................................................................. 81

3.14.4 Observation of Soil monitoring results: ..................................................... 82

3.15 Biological Monitoring ......................................................................................... 82

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 44

3.16 Socio-Economic Environment ........................................................................... 89

3.16.1 Socio Economic Assessment ..................................................................... 89

3.16.2 Demographics .............................................................................................. 90

3.16.3 Population .................................................................................................... 92

3.16.4 Sex ratio ....................................................................................................... 92

3.16.5 Social Structure ........................................................................................... 94

3.16.6 Literacy ......................................................................................................... 95

3.16.7 Occupational Pattern ................................................................................... 97

3.17 Traffic Study ...................................................................................................... 100

3.17.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study ................................................................... 100

3.17.2 As per IRC: 64-1990 Level of Service is defined ...................................... 102

List of Tables Table 3-1 Co-ordinates of Project site ............................................................................. 46

Table 3-2 Location Details, Period and Methodology of Baseline Data Generation ..... 47

Table 3-3 Land Use area details ....................................................................................... 51

Table 3-4 Meteorological Data (2019)............................................................................... 53

Table 3-5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location station ........................................... 57

Table 3-6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) ........................... 60

Table 3-7 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement ...... 62

Table 3-8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................. 66

Table 3-9 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area ........................................................ 66

Table 3-10 Applicable Noise Standards ........................................................................... 68

Table 3-11 Ground Water Sampling Locations ............................................................... 69

Table 3-12 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area ....................................................... 70

Table 3-13 Surface Water Sampling Locations ............................................................... 73

Table 3-14 Standard Water Quality Criteria ..................................................................... 73

Table 3-15 Surface Water Quality in Study Area ............................................................. 75

Table 3-16 Soil Sampling Locations ................................................................................ 79

Table 3-17 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil ........................................................ 81

Table 3-18 List of Trees in the Study Area ...................................................................... 83

Table 3-19 List of Shrubs in the Study Area .................................................................... 84

Table 3-20 List of Herbs in the Study Area ...................................................................... 84

Table 3-21 List of Economically important Plant species in the Study Area ................ 85

Table 3-22 List of Mammals in the Study Area ................................................................ 85

Table 3-23 List of Domestic Animal in the Study Area ................................................... 86

Table 3-24 List of Birds in the Study Area ....................................................................... 86

Table 3-26 Location of Villages in 10 km ......................................................................... 91

Table 3-27 Population and Household details ................................................................ 92

Table 3-28 Sex Ratio of Population .................................................................................. 93

Table 3-29 Social Structure of the study area ................................................................. 94

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 45

Table 3-30 Literacy rate in the Study area ....................................................................... 96

Table 3-31 Occupational Pattern in the study area ......................................................... 99

Table 3-32 Interpretation of Traffic Study ...................................................................... 100

Table 3-33 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064 ........................................ 100

Table 3-34 Interpretation of Traffic Study ...................................................................... 101

Table 3-35 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064 ........................................ 102

List of Figures Figure 3-1 Location Map of Study Area 5 & 10 km radius .............................................. 48

Figure 3-2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area (10 km Radius) ............................. 51

Figure 3-3 Land Use Breakup ........................................................................................... 52

Figure 3-4 Seismic Zone Map of Gujarat ......................................................................... 53

Figure 3-5 Wind Rose Diagram Blowing from NE to SW direction (during December

2020 to February 2021) ..................................................................................................... 55

Figure 3-6 Environment Monitoring Location Map ......................................................... 57

Figure 3-7 Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations ..... 63

Figure 3-8 Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations .... 63

Figure 3-9 Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations ........ 64

Figure 3-10 Graphical representation of NO2 concentration at different locations ..... 64

Figure 3-11 Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations ................... 65

Figure 3-12 Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area ....... 67

Figure 3-13 Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area ..... 67

Figure 3-14 Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations .................... 69

Figure 3-15 Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations.................... 72

Figure 3-16 Google Image showing Soil Sampling Location ......................................... 79

Figure 3-17 Location of Villages in 10 km ....................................................................... 91

Figure 3-18 Sex Ratio in the Study Area .......................................................................... 93

Figure 3-19 Social Structure of the study area ............................................................... 95

Figure 3-20 Literacy rate in the Study Area ..................................................................... 95

Figure 3-21 Occupational Pattern of the study area ....................................................... 98

Figure 3-22 Traffic Survey location on Google Map. .................................................... 103

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 46

3 CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

The baseline environmental qualities of various environmental components like air, noise,

water, land, flora and fauna and socio-economic form an important and integral part of an EIA

study. The baseline data forms the basis for predicting/assessing the environmental impacts of

the proposed project. The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field surveys

within the impact zone as well as the secondary data for various components of the

environment, viz., air, noise, water, and land and socio-economics.

M/s. Sunrise Multi steel Pvt. Ltd. Iron & Steel Biilet and Round Bar at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, at. Garida, Ta. Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, Gujarat. Co-ordinates of the Project Site:

Table 3-1 Co-ordinates of Project site

Sr. No. Corners Latitude Longitude

1. A 22°30'09.44"N 71° 3'3.40"E

2. B 22°30'11.87"N 71° 3'0.27"E

3. C 22°30'14.96"N 71° 2'58.52"E

4. D 22°30'10.09"N 71° 2'59.54"E

5. E 22°30'12.54"N 71° 3'1.86"E

6. F 22°30'13.81"N 71° 3'2.53"E

7. G 22°30'13.64"N 71° 3'5.48"E

8. H 22°30'11.45"N 71° 3'5.95"E

9. I 22°30'10.11"N 71° 3'5.36"E

10. J 22°30'6.13"N 71° 3'6.07"E

11. K 22°30'10.09"N 71° 3'1.98"E

12. L 22°30'6.52"N 71° 3'0.76"E

13. M 22°30'6.28"N 71° 2'58.22"E

14. N 22°30'8.41"N 71° 2'57.43"E

The report presents the data collected during the sampling period of three months during winter

season from December 2020 to February 2021. Various environmental components were

monitored and samples were analysed.

The baseline quality of various components of the environment viz., air, noise, water, land,

biology, meteorological and socio- economic was assessed within the impact zone of about 10

km around the proposed site. Secondary data has also been incorporated from authentic

sources viz., Government/Non-Governmental Agencies, Universities, Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD), Ground Water Board etc. Various environmental components were

monitored and samples were analyzed.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 47

3.2 Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from

the guidelines provided in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry”

issued by the Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). Environmental

attributes and frequency of monitoring is given below in table:

Table 3-2 Location Details, Period and Methodology of Baseline Data Generation

Sr. No.

Attribute Parameters No. of

Sampling Locations

Frequency of Monitoring / Data

Collection

1 Meteorology Wind speed & direction, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall.

Project Site Data collected from IMD

2 Ambient Air

Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3, HC, Pb, Ozone, Benzene, Benzo (a) Pyrene, Arsenic, Nickel.

8

24 hourly samples twice a week. CO and O3 8 hourly samples twice a week.

3 Noise Levels Noise levels in dB(A) Leq 8

At least one day in a season for day time and night time on a working & nonworking day.

4 Surface Water

Quality

Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological Parameters including pH, Temperature, Turbidity, Magnesium Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Chloride, Sulphates, Fluoride, Salinity, DO, BOD, COD, Heavy Metals, Total Coliforms, Fecal Coliforms,

8 Once in a Monitoring Period.

5 Ground Water

Quality

Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological Parameters including pH, Temperature, Turbidity, Magnesium Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Chloride, Sulphates, Fluoride, Salinity, DO, Heavy Metals, Total Coliforms, Fecal Coliforms,

7 Once in a Monitoring

Period.

6 Biological

Environment Existing Flora and Fauna. Study Area

Through field visits and substantiated through secondary data sources.

7 Soil

Characteristics

Physical, Chemical and Biological parameters to assess agricultural and

8 Once in a Monitoring Period.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 48

Sr. No.

Attribute Parameters No. of

Sampling Locations

Frequency of Monitoring / Data

Collection

afforestation potential including pH, Permeability, Electrical Conductivity, Nitrites, Phosphates, TPH, Fluorides, Heavy Metals, SAR, Total Hydrocarbons and Cation Exchange Capacity.

8 Land Use / Land Cover

Land use for different land use Classifications.

Study Area

Land use / Land Cover Analysis using satellite imaging and GIS Technique

9 Socio-

Economic Environment

Socio-economic characteristics, labor force characteristics, population statistics proposed amenities in the study area and quality of life.

Study Area Based on field survey and data collected from Census of India

(Source: Google Earth Image)

Figure 3-1 Location Map of Study Area 5 & 10 km radius

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 49

3.3 Geology

Morbi is a City in Morbi district in the Indian state of Gujarat. It is situated on the Kathiawar

peninsula. The town of Morbi is on the Machhu River, 35 km (22 mi) from the sea and 60 km

(37 mi) from Rajkot. Geographically Morbi District lies on the Southern part of Gujarat, which

comes from 22.30‟ to 23.18‟ degree latitude at the Northern side and 72.32‟ to 73.37‟ degree

Longitude at Eastern side. Morbi city is the administrative headquarters of the district. The district

has 5 talukas – Morbi, Maliya, Tankara, Wankaner (previously in Rajkot district) and Halvad

(previously in Surendranagar district).

The Major rivers flowing through area are Bhadar, Aji, Machhu, Demai and their tributaries.

Some other small streams are Phulki, Jhinjhora and Ghodadroi. All the rivers, except the

Bhadar, have very small catchments and are ephemeral in nature.

3.4 Geomorphology and soil type

The northern part of the district bordering the Rann of Kachchh and comprising mainly the

Malia taluka, is monotonous alluvial plain country. The topography is mainly rugged and

undulating because of the underlying sandstone formations. The topography in these parts in

intersected by ridges form by sandstone and intrusive dykes. Further south, the main

underlying rock type is Deccan Trap basalt giving rise to rugged and rolling topography

intersected by ridges formed by the dykes. Some of these ridges are as high as 300m AMSL.

The most prominent ridge is situated along the northern boundary of the Bhadar River and runs

along the basaltic dyke locally known as Sardhar Dyke. The elevations range from almost sea

level to more than 300 m AMSL. The soils found in the district are mostly of Inceptisol and

Entisol order and of Othids, Ochrepts, Orthents, Fluvents, Psamments and Aquepts suborder.

In Morbi the soils are of clayey loam to clay type. They are moderately deep to deep and vary

in colour from very dark brown to very dark greyish brown and reddish brown. The EC of the

soils is generally less than 1.0 mmhos/cm and cation exchange capacity is between 40 and 60

me/100 gm of soil.

3.5 Hydrogeology

Hydrogeologically the district can be broadly divided into three i.e Dhrangadhra Sandstone of

Cretaceous period, Deccan Trap basalt and alluvium (Figure.5).

Dhrangadhra Sandstone:

This is the oldest water bearing formations in the district. It occupies area in the north-eastern

part comprising parts of Wankaner and Morvi talukas in continuity with the sandstone

exposures in the adjoining Surendranagar taluka. Few sandstone inliers are also seen within

the overlying basalt. The sandstone is poorly permeable in general but moderate to high

permeability may be observed along the bedding planes and fractures. Exploratory drilling in

this formation has revealed that persistent carbonaceous shale; inter-bedded with medium to

coarse-grained sandstone, occur at depths varying between 83 and 220 m. This shale horizon

forms an important marker from the groundwater point of view as the groundwater is generally

potable to brackish above it whereas as it is saline below. The groundwater in this formation

occurs under phreatic to confined conditions. Exploitation of groundwater in areas underlain by

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 50

Dhrangadhra Sandstone is through dug well, dug-cum-bored wells and tubewells. The depth of

dug wells generally range from 10 to 40 m. The tubewells and bores in the dugcum-bored wells

are generally drilled down to 80 to 200 m bgl depending on the occurrence of shale horizon as

discussed above. The yields of dug wells range between 30 and 120 m3/day.

Deccan Trap:

Deccan trap occupies a major part of and forms the most important aquifer system. It generally

forms a poor aquifer due to compactness and poor primary porosity. However, the upper

weathered parts, which at places are up to 20 m thick, form good aquifer in the district. At

deeper levels, the secondary porosity developed as a result of tectonic activities, in the form of

joints, and fractures, shear zones, form repository of groundwater at many places. The dykes,

particularly in the southern part of the district, play an important role in occurrence and

movement of groundwater. At places, the dykes are highly weathered and themselves form

potential aquifers. At other places where the dykes are more compact, they act as subsurface

barrier for the groundwater flow and well-constructed upstream of these dykes have yield good

yields. The groundwater in Deccan trap occurs under phreatic to confined conditions. The

groundwater is generally tapped through dug wells varying in depth from 10 to 50 m. At places,

dug-cum-bored wells are also constructing bores below the bottom of dug wells. The yield of

dug wells and dug-cum-bored wells generally range from 20 to 100 m3/day.

Alluvium:

The fluvio-marine alluvium of Upper Tertiary to Quaternary age occupy area in the northern

parts of district Morvi taluka. It mainly consists of clay, clayey sand, silt and gravel. The

alluvium in the district generally forms a poor aquifer due to predominance of argillaceous

material. The groundwater development in this formation is limited due to poor quality.

Groundwater in this formation occurs under phreatic and confined conditions. It is exploited

through dug wells ranging in depth from 3 to 20 m. The yields of wells range between 20 and

80 m3/day.

3.6 Land Use

Land use, in general, reflects the human beings activities on land, whereas the word land cover

indicates the vegetation, agricultural and artificial manmade structures covering the land

surfaces. Identification and periodic surveillance of land uses and vegetation covers, in the

vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most important components for an

environmental impact assessment, which would help determine the impact of the project

development activity on the land use pattern.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 51

Figure 3-2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area (10 km Radius)

Table 3-3 Land Use area details

S.No Category Area in Sq m Area in %

1 Agricultural Land Crop Land 188101678 56.3

2 Barren land Bare exposed Rock 69159942 20.7

3 Build Up Land Residential 54459278 16.3

4 Build Up Land Transportation 4877948 1.46

5 Water Body Reservoir 1804172 0.54

6 Water Body Stream 15702982 4.7

Total 334106000 100

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 52

Figure 3-3 Land Use Breakup

3.7 Drainage Pattern

The area is under the influence of the River Machhu being the main recharging source &

controlling the drainage pattern. The study area lies near the basin of this river. Overall the

drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The Geohydrological investigation work carried out in &

around the study area reveals that the area is covered with thick layer of alluvial. These alluvial

deposits formed by river Machhu are composed of argillaceous & arenaceous material.

3.8 Seismicity of the Study Area

(Project site) is located in Zone IV of the Bureau of institute of seismological Research (ISR)

2011, seismic zone map for India. This zone is called the High Damage Risk Zone and covers

areas liable to MSK VIII. The IS code assigns a zone factor of 0.24 for Zone 4.

Zone IV is defined as having a maximum intensity expected of around MSK VIII. This zone is

second in severity to zone V (the highest). Zone IV is also referred to as the high damage risk

zone. MSK VIII is defined as “Many people find it difficult to stand, even outdoors. Furniture

may be overturned. Waves may be seen on very soft ground. Older structures partially collapse

or sustain considerable damage. Large cracks and fissures opening up, rock falls”

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 53

(Source: https://isr.gujarat.gov.in/)

Figure 3-4 Seismic Zone Map of Gujarat

3.9 Meteorology

Micro meteorological data within the study area, during air quality survey period. Meteorological

data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the

baseline information as well as for the input to the predictive air pollutants dispersion models.

Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the

general meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the

historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid

industrialization in the area.

The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released

into the atmosphere. The principle variables which affect the micrometeorology are horizontal

connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport

(atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area.

The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.

Winter season : December to February

Pre-monsoon season : March to May

Monsoon season : June to September

Post Monsoon season : October to November

Table 3-4 Meteorological Data (2019)

Month

Maximum

temperature

Minimum

temperature

Average

temperature

Average

Humidity

(%)

Wind

Speed

Kmph

Average

Rainfall

(mm) (Deg. C) (Deg. C) (Deg. C)

January 28 18 24 30 13.9 0.0

February 29 20 25 34 15.7 0

March 34 24 30 30 16.5 0

April 39 28 35 31 19.7 0

May 39 28 35 41 22.7 0

June 37 29 34 54 24.3 98.5

July 33 27 30 66 25.4 182.0

August 30 25 28 78 21.6 1303.9

September 30 25 28 82 14.2 586.4

October 33 26 30 54 14.3 0

November 32 25 29 46 11.2 0

December 29 19 25 35 15.4 0

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 54

(Source: worldweatheronline.com)

Observation on Meteorology: The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and

dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.

3.9.1 Met Data Generated at Site

Site specific climatic condition refers to weather conditions comprising of temperature, relative

humidity, wind speed, rainfall, cloud cover etc. This determines the baseline conditions and

probable impacts on environmental parameters with respect to the Project. The site-specific

climatic conditions are given below in below table:

Ambient Temperature:

Monthly variations of monthly highest and monthly lowest temperature recorded are as

followed:

Ambient Temperature

Temperature (°C)

December, 2020 January, 2021 February, 2021

Maximum 30 29 33

Minimum 19 16 19

Average 26 24 28

Precipitation:

Month Average Precipitation (mm)

Average

December, 2020 0

January, 2021 0

February, 2021 0

Humidity:

Month Humidity (%)

Average

December, 2020 30

January, 2021 31

February, 2021 31

Wind Speed

Month Wind Speed (km/hr)

Maximum Minimum Average

December, 2020 16.4 Calm 13.2

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 55

January, 2021 16.7 Calm 13.8

February, 2021 17.1 Calm 12.4

(Source: https://www.timeanddate.com/weather/)

Wind Rose

Wind blowing from NE to SW direction (during December 2020 to February 2021)

Figure 3-5 Wind Rose Diagram Blowing from NE to SW direction

(During December 2020 to February 2021)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 56

3.10 Ambient Air Quality

3.10.1 Reconnaissance

The quality of ambient air depends upon the background concentrations of specific

contaminants, the emission sources and meteorological conditions. The study on baseline

ambient air quality status in the project area is an essential and primary requirement for

assessing the impacts on air environment due to any proposed developmental activity.

The baseline studies on air environment include identification of specific air pollution

parameters expected to have significant impacts and assessing their existing levels in ambient

air within the impact zone. To assess the baseline status of ambient air quality in the study

area, monitoring is undertaken to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air.

3.10.2 Methodology for Air Monitoring:

AAQM was carried out and AAQM locations were monitored on 24 hourly average bases twice

in a week as per guidelines of CPCB and NAAQS. The conventional and project specific

parameters such as particulate matter PM10 (size less than 10 µm), particulate matter PM2.5

(size less than 2.5µm), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) were monitored.

3.10.3 Selection of Stations for Sampling:

Depending upon the purpose of the study IS: 5184 (part XIV) lays down various criteria for

selection of sampling stations. For EIA/ EMP, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant

concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion can be selected to ascertain quality of

air on human settlements or environmentally sensitive areas if any located in the 10 km radius

study area.

The locations for AAQM study were selected within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant

installation. Ambient air quality was monitored on 8 locations to generate representative

ambient air quality data.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

P a g e | 57

(Source: Google Earth Image)

Figure 3-6 Environment Monitoring Location Map

Table 3-5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location station

Sr. No

Location No.

Location Justificatio

n Distance

, KM Direction Coordinates

1. AAQ-1 Project

Site - - - 22°30'12.05"N 71° 3'1.79"E

2. AAQ-2 Holmadh Lateral 2.19 W 22°29'56.15"N 71° 1'48.96"E

3. AAQ-3 Jalsika Cross Wind 7.42 WSW 22°29'3.09"N 70°58'59.29"E

4. AAQ-4 Jalida Down Wind 5.19 SSW 22°27'40.32"N 71° 2'1.30"E

5. AAQ-5 Vasundh

ara Down Wind 7.18 SW 22°27'22.79"N 71° 0'9.70"E

6. AAQ-6 Sarodi Up Wind 5.09 NE 22°32'19.16"N 71° 4'52.96"E

7. AAQ-7 Jodhpar Cross Wind 6.55 NW 22°32'22.91"N 71° 0'6.59"E

8. AAQ-8 Shekhedi Up wind 5.99 N 22°33'24.35"N 71° 3'4.78"E (Source: Monitoring during study period, GCI)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

60 | P a g e

Table 3-6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average)

Locations PM 10

(µg/m3) PM 2.5

(µg/m3) SO2

(µg/m3) NO2

(µg/m3) CO

(mg/m3) NH3

(µg/m3) Pb

(µg/m3) O3

(µg/m3) C6H6

(µg/m3) As

(ng/m3) Ni

(ng/m3) B(a)P

(ng/m3)

AAQ1

Maximum 70.6 22.6 6.2 10.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 58.5 18.7 5.2 8.3 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 65.8 21.1 5.8 9.3 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

98percentile 69.8 22.4 6.1 9.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

AAQ2

Maximum 73.4 24.1 6.7 10.6 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 60.3 19.8 5.5 8.8 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 67.9 22.3 6.2 9.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

98percentile 72.6 23.8 6.6 10.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

AAQ3

Maximum 70.1 21.7 6.8 10.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 57.6 17.9 5.6 8.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 64.8 20.1 6.3 10.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

98percentile 69.4 21.5 6.7 10.8 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

AAQ4

Maximum 81.0 25.9 7.2 11.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 66.6 21.3 5.9 9.4 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 75.0 24.0 6.6 10.6 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

98percentile 80.2 25.4 7.0 11.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

AAQ5

Maximum 83.2 27.5 7.6 12.1 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 68.4 22.6 6.2 10.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 77.0 25.4 7.0 11.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

98percentile 82.4 27.2 7.5 12.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

AAQ6

Maximum 65.7 20.4 5.6 9.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 54.0 16.7 4.6 7.4 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 60.8 18.8 5.2 8.3 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

98percentile 65.0 20.2 5.5 8.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

AAQ7

Maximum 67.0 20.8 5.7 9.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 55.1 17.1 4.7 7.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 62.0 19.2 5.3 8.5 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

98percentile 65.7 20.4 5.6 9.0 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

AAQ8

Maximum 67.9 22.4 6.2 9.9 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Minimum 55.8 18.4 5.1 8.1 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Average 62.8 20.7 5.7 9.2 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

61 | P a g e

Locations PM 10

(µg/m3) PM 2.5

(µg/m3) SO2

(µg/m3) NO2

(µg/m3) CO

(mg/m3) NH3

(µg/m3) Pb

(µg/m3) O3

(µg/m3) C6H6

(µg/m3) As

(ng/m3) Ni

(ng/m3) B(a)P

(ng/m3)

98percentile 67.2 22.2 6.1 9.8 <0.5 <20 <0.01 <20 <3.0 <5 <1.0 <0.01

(Source: Analysis GCI)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

62 | P a g e

Table 3-7 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement

Sr. No.

Pollutants Time

Weighted Average

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Industrial, Residential,

Rural and other area

Ecologically Sensitive Area

Methods of measurement

1. SO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Improved West and

Gaeke Method.

2. NO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Sodium Arsenite).

3. PM10 (µg/m3) 24 hours 100 100 Gravimetric Method

4. PM2.5 (µg/m3) 24 hours 60 60 Gravimetric Method

5. CO (mg/m3) 8 hours 2 2 Non Dispersive Infra-

Red Spectroscopy

6. Ammonia (µg/m3)

24 hours 400 400 Indophenols Blue

Method

7. Ozone (µg/m3) 8 hours 100 100 UV Photometric

Chemical Method

8. Lead (µg/m3) 24 hours 1.0 1.0 AAS

9. Arsenic (ng/m3) Annual 6.0 6.0 AAS

10. Nickel (ng/m3) Annual 20.0 20.0 AAS

11. Benzene (µg/m3) Annual 5.0 5.0 Gas Chromatography

12. Benzo (a)

Pyrene (ng/m3) Annual 1.0 1.0 Gas Chromatography

(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

63 | P a g e

3.10.4 Observations on Ambient Quality

3.10.4.1 Particulate Matter (PM10)

PM10 levels were ranging from 54 to 83.2 µg/m3. The highest PM10 level was found at

Vasundhara, due to wind-blown dust from open lands and lowest PM10 level were observed at

Sarodi. PM10 concentration was within the NAAQS level (i.e.100 µg/m3) at all locations.

(Source: Analysis GCI)

Figure 3-7 Graphical representation of PM10 concentration at different locations

3.10.4.2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

PM2.5 levels were ranging from 16.2 to 27.5 µg/m3. The highest PM2 level was found at

Vasundhara due to wind-blown dust from open lands and lowest PM2.5 level was observed at

Sarodi. PM2.5 concentration was found within the NAAQS level (i.e.60 µg/m3) at all the locations.

(Source: Analysis GCI)

Figure 3-8 Graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration at different locations

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

64 | P a g e

3.10.4.3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

SO2 levels were ranging from 4.6 to 7.6 µg/m3. The highest SO2 level was found at Vasundhara

lowest SO2 level was observed at Sarodi. The SO2 level in all the monitoring locations is within

permissible limit i.e. NAAQS level 80µg/m3.

(Source: Analysis GCI)

Figure 3-9 Graphical representation of SO2 concentration at different locations

3.10.4.4 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

NOX levels were found ranging from 7.4 to 12.1 µg/m3. The highest NOX level were found at

Vasundhara lowest NOX level were observed at Sarodi. The NO2 level in all monitoring locations

was under permissible limit i.e. NAAQS level 80 µg/m3.

(Source: Analysis GCI)

Figure 3-10 Graphical representation of NOX concentration at different locations

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

65 | P a g e

3.11 Noise Environment

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it has an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife and ecological system.

The objective of the noise pollution survey in the study area was to identify existing noise sources and to measure background noise levels. The collection of baseline noise environment data included following steps:

3.11.1 Reconnaissance

In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise levels, the noise pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out. The collection of baseline noise environment data included identification of noise sources and to measure background noise levels due to transportation and other local activity.

3.11.2 Methodology for Noise Monitoring

Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000 Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. The ambient noise standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq.) have been measured one day in season during study period. The measurements were carried out at each monitoring location during day time and night time.

3.11.3 Noise Monitoring Locations

A total of 8 locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area. The noise

monitoring locations are given below

(Source: Google Image)

Figure 3-11 Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

66 | P a g e

Table 3-8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

(Source: Monitoring during study period, GCI)

Table 3-9 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area

Location

name Zone Units

Day Time Night Time

Result

CPCB

Permissible

Limit

Result

CPCB

Permissible

Limit

Project site Industrial dB(A) Leq 62.2 75 44.6 70

Holmadh Residential dB(A) Leq 52.2 55 42.1 45

Jalsika Residential dB(A) Leq 51.1 55 40.5 45

Jalida Residential dB(A) Leq 52.4 55 40.2 45

Vasundhara Residential dB(A) Leq 50.8 55 37.6 45

Sarodi Residential dB(A) Leq 51.5 55 38.9 45

Jodhpar Residential dB(A) Leq 54.2 55 42.6 45

Shekhedi Residential dB(A) Leq 53.6 55 41.7 45

(Source: Monitoring during Study period by GCI)

3.11.4 Observation and Discussions

3.11.4.1 Day Time

The noise levels varied in the study area during day time from 62.2 dB (A) Leq at Project Site to 50.8 Leq dB(A) at Vasundhara.

Sr.

No. Location Position Distance Direction Coordinates

N1 Project site - - - 22°30'12.72"N, 71° 3'2.64"E

N2 Holmadh Village 2.19 W 22°29'55.33"N, 71° 1'48.37"E

N3 Jalsika Village 7.42 WSW 22°29'3.20"N, 70°58'59.30"E

N4 Jalida Village 5.19 SSW 22°27'40.63"N, 71° 2'1.24"E

N5 Vasundhara Village 7.18 SW 22°27'22.79"N, 71° 0'9.94"E

N6 Sarodi Village 5.09 NE 22°32'19.29"N, 71° 4'52.91"E

N7 Jodhpar Village 6.55 NW 22°32'24.37"N, 71° 0'4.43"E

N8 Shekhedi Village 5.99 N 22°33'24.83"N, 71° 3'4.93"E

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

67 | P a g e

(Source: Monitoring GCI)

Figure 3-12 Graphical Representation of Day time Noise Level in the study area

3.11.4.2 Night Time

The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 44.6dB (A) Leq at Project Site to

37.6 Leq dB (A) at Vasundhara. The night time noise was also within stipulated standards of

CPCB.

(Source: Monitoring GCI)

Figure 3-13 Graphical Representation of Night time Noise Level in the study area

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

68 | P a g e

Table 3-10 Applicable Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limit in dB (A) Leq

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial area 65 55

C Residential area 55 45

D Silence zone 50 40 (Source: Noise Pollution Rules, 2000)

Note:

Day time is reckoned in between 6 am and 10 pm.

Night time reckoned in between 10 pm and 6 am.

Silence zone is defined as areas up to 100 meters around such premises as hospitals,

education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the Component

Authority.

Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned

categories by the Component Authority and the corresponding standard shall apply.

3.12 Ground Water Quality

3.12.1 Reconnaissance Survey

Reconnaissance survey has been done for water quality monitoring in the study area. The

baseline water quality of ground water/surface water in the region is obtained by collecting

sample from villages in the area considering the 10 km radius for the baseline study.

3.12.2 Methodology of Monitoring

In order to establish the baseline water quality, ground water and surface water sampling

locations were selected based on availability, following standard norms and requirement.

Ground water samples were collected from the identified hand pumps and bore wells for the

characterization of water quality. Selection of surface water sampling locations has been

considered as per the utilization pattern of the villagers for domestic/ drinking purposes.

The samples collected were preserved, stored and analyzed as per standard methods of

Analysis of Water and Waste Water (APHA, 2017).

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

69 | P a g e

3.12.3 Ground Water Quality

Ground water samples were collected from 7 locations during the study period and analyzed for

a number of physio-chemical parameters.

(Source: Google Earth Image)

Figure 3-14 Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations

Table 3-11 Ground Water Sampling Locations

Location Code

Name of Location

Source Distance Coordinates

GW -1 Holmadh Tap Water 2.19 22°29'56.62"N 71° 1'48.88"E

GW -2 Jalsika Tap Water 7.42 22°29'3.08"N 70°58'59.30"E

GW -3 Jalida Tap Water 5.19 22°27'40.52"N 71° 2'1.28"E

GW -4 Vasundhara Tap Water 7.18 22°27'22.70"N 71° 0'9.61"E

GW -5 Sarodi Tap Water 5.09 22°32'19.10"N 71° 4'52.84"E

GW -6 Jodhpar Tap Water 6.55 22°32'22.88"N 71° 0'6.78"E

GW -7 Shekhedi Tap Water 5.99 22°33'24.16"N 71° 3'4.82"E (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

70 | P a g e

Table 3-12 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area

Sr. No.

Parameter Units Result Permissible

Limit as Per IS 10500:2012

Reference Method

Sample Identification GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7

1. pH --- 7.3 7.8 7.1 6.8 6.9 7.1 7.8 6.5-8.5 APHA 4500 H+

2. Conductivity µs/cm

980 890 1150 880 1110 1020 648 - APHA 2510

3. Turbidity NTU <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 APHA 2130

4. Color Haze

n <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 15 APHA 2120

5. Odor - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeabl

e Agreeable APHA 2150

6. Total Dissolved Solid

mg/L 645 575 785 640 725 675 740 2000 APHA 2540 C

7. Total Suspended Solid

mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 - APHA 2540 B

8. Sulphate mg/L 42.6 35.2 41.5 38.6 55 40.6 34.5 400 APHA 4500- SO42-

9. Chloride mg/L 160 152 150 145 142 152 168 1000 APHA 4500 - Cl-

10. Total Hardness mg/L 398 295 365 412 406 418 468 600 APHA 2340

11. Calcium as Ca mg/L 82 69 88 102 94 110 110 200 APHA -3500 Ca

12. Magnesium Mg mg/L 46.9 29.9 35.2 38.4 41.6 34.7 46.9 100 APHA 3500-Mg

13. Alkalinity mg/L 72 54 68 74 82 84 96 600 APHA 2320

14. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 1.5 APHA 3500-Cu

15. Zinc mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 15 APHA 3500-Zn

16. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3 APHA 3500-Fe

17. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 APHA 3500-Pb

18. Nickel mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.02 APHA 3500-Ni

19. Cadmium mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.003 APHA 3500-C

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

71 | P a g e

Sr. No.

Parameter Units Result Permissible

Limit as Per IS 10500:2012

Reference Method

20. Calcium Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 205 172 220 254 235 275 275 - APHA 3500-Ca

21. Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 193 123 145 158 171 143 193 - APHA 3500-Mg

22. Phenolic compound

mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.002 APHA 5530

23. Fluoride mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.5 APHA 4500-F- (Source: Water Analysis during study period)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

72 | P a g e

3.12.4 Observation of ground water monitoring results

All the samples were colorless meeting desirable norms (<5 Hazen). All the samples meet the

desirable standards (pH ranges from 6.8 to 7.8). TDS in samples ranges from 575 mg/L to 785

mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L. Total Hardness in the water

ranges from 295 mg/L to 468 mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 600 mg/L.

Calcium content in the water ranges from 69 mg/L to 110 mg/L, all the samples meet the

permissible limit of 200 mg/L. Magnesium content in the water ranges from 29.9 mg/L to 46.9

mg/L.

Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 72 mg/L to 96 mg/L. All the samples are within

the permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L). Chlorides range from 142 mg/L to 168 mg/L,

which are below permissible limits (1000 mg/L). Heavy metals like Copper, Nickel, Cadmium

and Zinc are well below the limit in all samples.

Hence, it can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and

desirable characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012 so the water is

suitable for drinking purpose.

3.13 Surface Water Quality

Surface water samples were collected from 8 locations during the study period and analyzed

for a number of physio-chemical parameters.

(Source: Google Image)

Figure 3-15 Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

73 | P a g e

Table 3-13 Surface Water Sampling Locations

Location Code

Name of Location Source

Distance Direction Coordinates

SW -1 Garida Pond 1.58 SW 22°29'32.88"N,

71° 2'28.59"E

SW -2 Machhu River ( Upstream )

River 4.62 NW 22°31'53.21"N, 71° 1'4.55"E

SW-3 Machhu River

( Downstream ) River 4.68 W 22°29'52.16"N,

71° 0'16.13"E

SW-4 Rangpar Lake 6.93 SE 22°27'19.79"N,

71° 5'36.55"E

SW-5 Rampara Lake 5.85 ENE 22°31'48.72"N,

71° 6'5.76"E

SW-6 Daladi Pond 9.45 N 22°35'12.59"N,

71° 4'4.14"E

SW-7 Holmadh Pond 3.96 WSW 22°29'41.61"N,

71° 0'58.21"E

SW-8 Rupavati Canal 7.76 SW 22°27'29.91"N,

70°59'41.65"E (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)

Table 3-14 Standard Water Quality Criteria

Class of Water

Designated best use Criteria

A

Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after

disinfection

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l or less

B Outdoor bathing

(Organized)

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

C

Drinking water source after conventional

treatment and disinfection

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less

pH between 6 to 9

Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

D Propagation of Wild life

and Fisheries

pH between 6.5 to 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more

Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

E Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled

Waste disposal

pH between 6.0 to 8.5

Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm Max.2250

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

74 | P a g e

Class of Water

Designated best use Criteria

Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

Boron Max. 2 mg/L

(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/Water_Quality_Criteria.php

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

75 | P a g e

Table 3-15 Surface Water Quality in Study Area

Sr.

No

.

Parameter Unit Result Reference

Method

Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1. pH --- 7.2 7.4 7.1 6.8 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.3 APHA 4500

H+

2. Conductivity µS/cm 748 680 469 770 580 520 630 550 APHA 2510

3. Turbidity NTU <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 APHA 2130

4. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 APHA 2120

5. Odor - Agreea

ble Agreeabl

e Agreeabl

e Agreeabl

e Agreeabl

e Agreeabl

e Agreeabl

e Agreeable APHA 2150

6. Total Dissolved Solid

mg/L 355 328 352 375 320 255 330 270 APHA 2540 C

7. Total Suspended Solid

mg/L 12 14 16 18 20 16 18 16 APHA 2540 B

8. Sulphate mg/L 10.5 15.5 15.2 12.5 14.2 14 12 13 APHA 4500- SO4

2-

9. Chloride mg/L 85 92 80 110 142 85 90 78 APHA 4500 -

Cl-

10. Total Hardness

mg/L 226 205 185 230 140 148 220 150 APHA 2340

11. Calcium as Ca

mg/L 60.0 44.0 48.0 58.0 34.0 46.0 66.0 48.0 APHA -3500

Ca

12. Magnesium Mg

mg/L 18.5 23.1 15.8 20.7 13.4 8.0 13.4 7.3 APHA 3500-

Mg

13. Alkalinity mg/L 172 156 162 248 232 268 284 294 APHA 2320

14. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA 3500-

Cu

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

76 | P a g e

Sr.

No

.

Parameter Unit Result Reference

Method

Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

15. Zinc mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-

Zn

16. Iron mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-

Fe

17. Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3500-

Pb

18. Nickel mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 3500-

Ni

19. Cadmium mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3500-C

20. Total

Coliform

MPN/10

0 ml 210 170 220 220 130 240 210 220 APHA 9221 B

21. Fecal

Coliform

MPN/

100 ml 84 70 84 79 63 94 84 79 APHA 9221 E

22. E. Coli MPN/

100 ml 11 14 13 15 15 12 15 20 APHA 9221 F

23.

Calcium

Hardness as

CaCO3

mg/L 150 110 120 145 85 115 165 120 APHA 3500-

Ca

24.

Magnesium

Hardness as

CaCO3

mg/L 76 95 65 85 55 33 55 30 APHA 3500-

Mg

25. Phenol mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 APHA 5530

26. Fluoride mg/L 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.4 APHA 4500-

F-

27. Salinity mg/L 140.25 151.8 132 181.5 234.3 140.25 148.5 128.7 APHA 2520 B

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

77 | P a g e

Sr.

No

.

Parameter Unit Result Reference

Method

Sample Identification SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

28. Pesticides P/A Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Gas

Chromatogra

phy

29.

Chemical

Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 32 30 24 26 28 34 26 28 APHA 5220

30.

Biochemical

Oxygen

Demand

mg/L 10 12 14 10 15 12 14 10 APHA 5210

31. Dissolved

Oxygen mg/L 6.2 7.6 6.5 6.1 6.8 6.4 7.2 7.4

APHA 4500-

O-C

(Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

78 | P a g e

Observation of Surface water monitoring results:

All the samples showed pH in the range from 6.8-7.4. Conductivity of the samples were in the

range from 520 µS/cm- 770 µS/cm. All the samples were colourless meeting desirable norms

(<5). TDS were in the range from 255 mg/L to 375 mg/L. TSS were in the range from 12mg/L to

20mg/L. Sulphate ranges from 10.5 mg/L to 15.5 mg/L. Chloride in the samples ranges from 78

mg/L to 142 mg/L. Total Hardness in the samples ranges from 140 mg/L to 230 mg/L. Calcium

in the samples ranges from 34 mg/L to 66 mg/L. Magnesium ranges from 7.3 mg/L to 23.1

mg/L. alkalinity ranges from 156 mg/L- 294 mg/L. copper, zinc, lead, cadmium and nickel all

lies in the permissible limit. Total Coliform ranges from 130 MPN/100 ml – 240 MPN/100 ml.

Faecal coliform ranges from 63 MPN/100 ml - 94 MPN/ 100 ml. E. Coli ranges from 11

MPN/100 ml – 20 MPN/ 100 ml. COD of the surface water samples ranges from 24 mg/L to 34

mg/L. BOD ranges from 10 mg/L to 15 mg/L.

As per above analysis results, Total Hardness & TDS is less due to flowing water but Total

Coliform, Fecal Coliform & E. Coli bacteria is present in the water so this water is not suitable

for drinking purpose.

Location Code

Name of Location Class of Water

Designated best use

SW -1 Garida D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

SW -2 Machhu River ( Up stream )

D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

SW-3 Machhu River

( Down stream ) D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

SW-4 Rangpar D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

SW-5 Rampara D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

SW-6 Daladi D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

SW-7 Holmadh D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

SW-8 Rupavati D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

3.14 Soil Environment

Soil is the most important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that comes from

the earth and is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter, minerals, clay

and water. Soil is the seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi, earthworms,

bacteria etc. These are very beneficial in promoting soil reactions and decomposing the organic

matter by which essential nutrients for plants are liberated. Most of the soil is made up of two

main parts:

A. Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is dark brown

in color and consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.

B. Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria, earthworms,

round worms, insects, etc. actually more organisms live in the soil than above it.

3.14.1 Methodology

The soil samples were collected from 8 selected locations during winter season. The samples

collected were homogeneous representative of each sampling location. At random sub

locations were identified at each location and soil samples were collected from 5 to 15 cm

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

79 | P a g e

below the surface. It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the soil samples. The samples

about 500 gm were packed in polythene bags labelled in the field with location number and

sent to the laboratory for the analysis of physicochemical parameters.

3.14.2 Soil Sampling Locations

Soil sampling was conducted once during the study period of winter season. 8 soil samples

were collected from selected locations in the vicinity of the proposed project. For studying soil

quality environment in the study area, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing

soil conditions in and around the existing plant area representing various land use conditions.

The homogenized samples were analyzed for physicochemical characteristics.

(Source: Google image)

Figure 3-16 Google Image showing Soil Sampling Location

Table 3-16 Soil Sampling Locations

Location

Code

Name of

Location

Source Distance Direction Coordinates

S-1 Project site Barren

- - 22°30'11.80"N, 71°

3'0.48"E

S-2 Holmadh Barren

2.19 W 22°29'59.31"N, 71°

1'46.42"E

S-3 Jalsika Agricultural

7.42 WSW 22°29'1.52"N,

70°58'59.42"E

S-4 Jalida Barren

5.19 SSW 22°27'40.37"N, 71°

2'0.74"E

S-5 Vasundhara Barren

7.18 SW 22°27'23.47"N, 71°

0'9.50"E

S-6 Sarodi Agricultural 5.09 NE 22°32'19.89"N, 71°

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

80 | P a g e

4'53.96"E

S-7 Jodhpar Barren

6.55 NW 22°32'23.69"N, 71°

0'9.05"E

S-8 Samadhiala Agricultural

5.69 E 22°33'23.73"N, 71°

3'1.56"E (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

81 | P a g e

3.14.3 Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine the existing soil characteristics of the study area.

Physicochemical characteristics of soil are presented as follows.

Table 3-17 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil

Sr.

No. Parameters Unit

Results Reference Method

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH - 7.2 7.1 6.8 6.9 7.2 7.4 7.0 6.9 IS 2720 : Part 26 : 1987

3 Electrical Conductivity μS/cm 1020 1140 1020 1240 1180 1260 1080 1260 IS 14767: 2000

4 Soil Moisture Content % 5.5 8.7 9.2 6.5 6.2 8.0 6.9 7.8 IS 2720 – Part – 2

5 Organic Carbon % 0.84 0.82 0.88 0.86 0.80 0.88 0.9 0.80 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972

6 Organic Matter % 1.44 1.41 1.51 1.48 1.38 1.51 1.55 1.38 IS 2720 : Part 22 : 1972

7 Phosphorus mg/kg 24 26 30 32 28 30 32 28 APHA 4500 – P

8 Total Nitrogen mg/kg 124 112 126 108 108 124 106 122 APHA 4500-NORG

9 Potassium as K mg/kg 68 62 63 64 60 68 69 62 APHA 3500 – K - B

10 Calcium mg/kg 214 232 242 201 226 206 236 224 APHA 3500 –Ca– B

11 Magnesium mg/kg 52 44 48 40 38 56 42 58 APHA 3500 –Mg

12 Chloride mg/kg 242 268 242 368 240 265 292 269 IS 6925: 1973

13 Copper as Cu mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3111 B

14 Zinc as Zn mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3111 B

15 Iron as Fe mg/kg 0.4 0.3 0.3 3.6 3.2 3.8 3.6 3.2 APHA 3111 B

16 Lead as Pb mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3500-Pb

17 Nickel as Ni mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 APHA 3500-Ni (Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

82 | P a g e

3.14.4 Observation of Soil monitoring results:

All the samples showed pH in the range from 6.8.-7.4. Conductivity of the samples were in the

range from 1020 µS/cm- 1260 µS/cm. Moisture were in the range from 5.5% to 9.2%. Organic

Carbone ranges from 0.80% -0.90 %. Organic Matter ranges from 1.38 % - 1.55 %. Phosphorus

in the samples ranges from 24 mg/kg- 32 mg/L. Total Nitrogen in the samples ranges from 106

mg/kg - 126 mg/kg. Potassium in the samples ranges from 60 mg/kg – 69 mg/kg. Calcium in the

samples ranges from 201 mg/kg – 242 mg/kg. Magnesium ranges from 38 mg/kg – 58 mg/kg.

Chloride ranges from 240 mg/kg – 368 mg/kg.

3.15 Biological Monitoring

Biological resources of the area are an indicator of quality/health of the environment of the area.

Therefore, the study of the same is an important aspect to minimize the distribution due to the

intervention of the proposed project to accept in a sustainable approach. To achieve the goal,

EIA study was conducted during the month of December 2020 to February 2021 to cover all

the biological parameters.

Nature supports a great variety of living beings under a structural and functional unit called

ecosystem. In any natural ecosystem, there are several components which exist in harmony

and survive only by interdependence. These components may be either biotic or abiotic.

Developmental activities often have great impacts on the biodiversity both ecosystems as well

as species level. Present study has been carried out to inventories the biodiversity exist in the

study area of present project, to evaluate the possible impacts on biodiversity due to project

activities and suggest effective mitigation measures against the negative impacts.

The ecological study was undertaken to understand the present status of ecosystem of the

area, to predict changes as a result of proposed activities and to suggest measures for

maintaining the conditions. This carried through primary survey and secondary data collected

from various Government agencies like Forest Department, Agriculture Department, Scientific

literatures etc. The animal and plant communities co-exist in a well-organized manner. Their

natural settings can get disturbed by any externally induced anthropological activities or by

naturally occurring calamities or disaster. So, once this setting is disturbed, it sometimes is

either practically impossible or may take a longer time to come back to its original state. Hence

changes in the status of flora and fauna are an elementary requirement of Environmental Impact

Assessment studies, in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and

biodiversity. Information on flora and fauna was collected within the study area.

Floral Compositions

Details of Environmental & Ecological Sensitivity

Details of Ecological Sensitivity

Name Distance from the

Project (Km)

WLS Rampara Wild life Sanctuary 26.5

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

83 | P a g e

NPA Gir, Somnath 179

ESA Rampara Wild life Sanctuary 26.5

ESZs Rampara Wild life Sanctuary 26.5

Criticany Polluted Area Ahmedabad 168.9

Corridors Palanpur-Mehsana Industrial Area 192

Wildlife Corridors, Jassor Sloth Bear Sanctuary 256

Table 3-18 List of Trees in the Study Area

Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name

1. Annona squamosa Sitafal

2. Polyalthia cerasoides Umabro

3. Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav

4. Thespesia populnea Paras piplo

5. Shemlo Bombax ceiba

6. Streculia urens Kadayo

7. Aegle marmelos Bili

8. Citrus medica Bijssoru

9. Ailanthus excelsa Arduso

10. Azadiracha indicia Limdo

11. Moytenus emarginata Vikalo

12. Zizyphus glaberata Bor

13. Sapindus emarginatus Aritha

14. Anacardium occidentale Kanji

15. Spondias mangifera Amla

16. Moringa concanensis Jungle Saragavo

17. Butea monosperma Khakhro

18. Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo

19. Bauhinia purpurea Kachner

20. Bauhinia racemosa Asondaro

21. Cassia fistula Garmalo, amaltas

22. Cassia siamea Kasid

23. Delonix elata Samdarso

24. Delonix regia Gulmohar

25. Hardwichia binate Arjun

26. Parkinsonia aculeate Ram baval

27. Saraca asoca Ashoka tree

28. Tamarindus indicia Amli

29. Acacia chundra Khair

30. Acacia nilotica Deshi baval

31. Acacia Senegal Gorad

32. Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amli, Jungle Jalebi

33. Prosopis juliflora Gando baval

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

84 | P a g e

Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name

34. Terminalia arjuna Ariun sadad

35. Terminalia catappa Badam

36. Butea monosperma (Lam) Khakhro

37. Indian Mallow Khapat

38. Dalbergia sissoo Sisam

39. Zyziphus sp Bor

40. Wrightia tinctoria Kudi

41. Acacia senegal Gorad

42. Sterculia urens Kadaya

43. Acacia nilotica Babul

44. Acacia leucophloea Hermo

45. Boswellia serrata Salad

Flora Composition

Table 3-19 List of Shrubs in the Study Area

Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name

1. Alangiumsalvifolium (L.f.) Wang. Sage-leaved alangium

2. Annona squamosa L. Sugar Apple

3. Bougainvillea spetabilisWilld. Paper Flower

4. Calotropis gigantea R.Br. Crown Flower

5. Calotrpisprocera (Ait.) R.Br. Rubber Bush

6. Cassia auriculata L. Avaram

7. Cajanus cajan Tuver

8. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Galtoro

9. Desi Baval Vachellia nilotica

10. Kesudo Butea monosperma

11. Dudhlo Pergularia daemia

Table 3-20 List of Herbs in the Study Area

Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name

1. Abelmoschus moschatus Medic. Galu gasturi

2. Abutilon indicum (L.)Sweet Indian mallow

3. Achyranthes aspera L. Chaff-flower

4. Aerva lanata (L.) Juss.exSchultes Mountain knotgrass

5. Aerva sanguinolenta (L.) Bl. Karadia

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

85 | P a g e

Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name

6. Ageratum conyzoides L. Jangli Pudina

7. Allium cepa L. Onion

8. Alternanthera paronychioides St. Mati kaduri

9. Alternanthera pungensKunth Khaki weed

10. Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br.ex DC. Sessile Joyweed

11. Amaranthus caudatus L. Valvet Flower

12. Amaranthus spinosus L. Prickly amaranth

13. Amaranthus viridis L. Green amaranth.

14. Argemone mexicana L. Mexican poppy

15. Boerhaviadiffusa L. Punarnava

16. Bolboschoenusmaritimus (L.) Palla Alkali bulrush

17. Brassica juncea (L.) Czern. Brown mustard

18. Bulbostylisbarbata (Rottb.) C.B.Cl. Bearded watergrass

19. Carthamustinctorius L. Safflower

20. Cassia occidentalis L. Negro coffee

21. Cassia senna L. Alexandrian senna

22. Cassia tora L. Coffee senna

23. Celosia argentea L. var. argentea Silver cock's comb

Table 3-21 List of Economically important Plant species in the Study Area

Sr. No Scientific Name Vernacular Name Uses

1. Azadirecta indica Neem Medicine

2. Citrus spp. Nimbu Food

3. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Medicine

4. Syzgium cumini Jamun Food

5. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Food

6. Mangifera indica Aam Food

7. Musa paradisiacal Kela Food

8. Manikara zapota Chickoo Food

9. Arachis hypogea Mungfali Food

Table 3-22 List of Mammals in the Study Area

Sr.

No.

Scientific Name Common

Name

Schedule as

per WPA 1972

1 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Sch IV

2 Felis chaus Jungle Cat Sch II (Part I)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

86 | P a g e

3 Funambulus pennantii Five -Striped Palm

Squirrel

Sch IV

4 Mus musculus House Mouse Sch IV

5 Canis aureus Jackal Sch II (Part I)

6 Hyaenidae Hyena Not Listed

7 Vulpes vulpes common fox Sch II (Part I)

8 Felis chaus jungle cat Sch II (Part I)

Table 3-23 List of Domestic Animal in the Study Area

Sr. No Scientific Name Common Name

1 Bubalus bubalis Buffalo

2 Bos taurus Cow

3 Capra aegagrushircus Goat

4 Canis lupus familiaris Dog

Table 3-24 List of Birds in the Study Area

Sr. No Common Name Scientific Name Family

1 Alexandrine Parakeet Psittaculaeupatria Psittacidae

2 AshyDrongo Dicrurusleucophaeus Dicruridae

3 Asian Koel Eudynamysscolopacea Cuculidae

4 Asian Openbill-Stork Anastomusoscitans Ciconiidae

5 Asian Pied Starling Gracupicacontra Sturnidae

6 BankMyna Acridotheresginginianus Sturnidae

7 BayaWeaver Ploceusphilippinus Ploceinae

8 BlackDrongo Dicrurusmacrocercus Dicruridae

9 BlackKite Milvus migrans Accipitridae

10 Black-napedOriole Orioluschinensis Oriolidae

11 Black-shouldered Kite Elanus caeruleus Accipitridae

12 Black-wingedStilt Himantopushimantopus Recurvirostridae

13 Blue Rock Pigeon Columbalivia Columbidae

14 Blue-tailedBee- eater Meropsphilippinus Meropidae

15 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae

16 CommonHoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae

17 CommonMyna Acridotherestristis Sturnidae

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

87 | P a g e

Sr. No Common Name Scientific Name Family

18 CommonSwallow Hirundorustica Hirundinidae

19 CommonTailorbird Orthotomussutorius Cisticolidae

20 CoppersmithBarbet Megalaima

haemacephala Megalaimidae

21 Crested Serpent Eagle Spilornischeela Accipitridae

22 Demoiselle Crane Anthropoidesvirgo Gruidae

23 Eurasian Collared Dove Streptopeliadecaocto Columbidae

24 Eurasian Coot Fulicaatra Rallidae

25 GlossyIbis Plegadisfalcinellus Threskiornithidae

26 Golden Fronted Leafbird Chloropsisaurifrons Chloropseidae

27 GreatCormorant Phalacrocoraxcarbo Phalacrocoracidae

28 GreaterCoucal Centropussinensis Cuculidae

29 GreenBee-eater Meropsorientalis Meropidae

30 GreyFrancolin Francolinuspondicerianus Phasianidae

31 Grey Heron Ardeacinerea Ardeidae

32 House Crow Corvussplendens Corvidae

33 House Sparrow Passerdomesticus Passeridae

34 House Swift Apusnipalensis Apodidae

35 Indian Cuckoo Cuculusmicropterus Cuculidae

36 Indian Peafowl Pavocristatus Phasianidae

37 Indian Pond-Heron Ardeolagrayii Ardeidae

38 Indian Robin Saxicoloidesfulicata Muscicapidae

39 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae

40 IntermediateEgret Mesophoyx intermedia Ardeidae

41 Jungle Babbler Turdoidesstriata Leiothrichidae

42 Jungle Crow Corvusmacrorhynchos Corvidae

43 Jungle Myna Acridotheresfuscus Sturnidae

44 Large PiedWagtail Motacillamaderaspatensis Motacillidae

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

88 | P a g e

Sr. No Common Name Scientific Name Family

45 LesserCoucal Centropusbengalensis Cuculidae

46 LittleCormorant Phalacrocoraxniger Phalacrocoracidae

47 Little Egret EgrettaGarzetta Ardeidae

48 Little RingedPlover Charadriusdubius Charadriidae

49 Oriental Magpie- Robin Copsychussaularis Muscicapidae

50 OrientalWhiteIbis Threskiornismelanocephalus Threskiornithidae

51 Partridge Perdix perdix grey partridge

52 Sandgrouse Pteroclidae Pteroclidae

53 Ring dove Streptopelia capicola Columbidae

54 Large gray Argya malcolmi Salicaceae

55 Purple sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus Nectariniidae

56 Yellow-throated sparrow Petronia xanthocollis Passeridae

57 Partridge Perdix perdix grey partridge

Table 3-25 List of Reptiles in the Study Area

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per WPA,1972

1. Erycinae Common sand boa Not Listed

2. Coelognathus helena Trinket Not Listed

3. Lycodon capucinus Wolf snake Not Listed

4. Xenochrophis piscator Checkered keelback Not Listed

5. Ptyas mucosa Rat snake Not Listed

6. Naja naja Cobra Not Listed

7. Echis Saw scaled viper Not Listed

8. Bungarus Krait Not Listed

9. Calotes versicolor Garden lizard Not Listed

10. Monitor lizard Varanus Not Listed

11. Indian pond turtle Melanochelys trijuga Not Listed

12. Star tortoise Geochelone elegans Not Listed

(Source: Primary Survey and Forest Department)

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

89 | P a g e

3.16 Socio-Economic Environment

Socio-economic environment is an essential part of environmental study which incorporates

various facts related to socio-economic conditions in the area and deals with the total

environment.

Socio - economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities

viz. housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation,

communication, transportation, prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic

significance such as temples, historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This would help in

visualizing and predicting the possible impact depending upon the nature and magnitude of the

project. Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the socio-

economic conditions of an area.

This study will possibly estimate the change in living and social standards of the particular area

benefitted due to the project. The gross economic production of the area will be increased

substantially due to the existence of this project. It can undoubtedly be said that this project will

provide direct and indirect employment and improve the infrastructural facilities and living

standards of the area.

3.16.1 Socio Economic Assessment

The objective of the study is to know the current socio-economic situation in the region, to

recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector and to help in providing better living

standards

Scope of work is to study the Socio-economic Environment of area, prediction of project impact

and suggesting mitigation measures.

Collection of Data:

Data for this project were collected via primary sources (field survey) and secondary sources

(i.e. Government department, maps, literature research etc) in the study area.

Presentation of Data and Analysis:

The data collected were presented in a suitable, concise form for further analysis. The collected

data were presented in the form of tabular or diagrammatic or graphic form. These tabulated

data were interpreted and analyzed with the help of various qualitative techniques and

ideographic approaches.

A mixture of both quantitative and qualitative approach has been adopted in the current

socio-economic study.

The study has been conducted based on primary and secondary data. While primary

data has been collected through a sample survey of selected households, the secondary

data has been collected from the administrative records Census 2011, district hand books

etc.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

90 | P a g e

The details regarding population composition, number of literates, workers etc. have

been collected from secondary sources and analyzed. Also village/city/town wise details

regarding amenities available in the study area have been collected from secondary

sources and analyzed.

Two stage sampling design has been adopted to select the sampling units. The first

stage units are census villages in the rural areas and towns/cities in urban areas. The

ultimate stage units are households in the selected villages and towns/cities. Simple

Random Sampling without Replacement (SRSWOR) has been adopted to select the

sampling units.

Estimation of various parameters has been made based on sample data and bottom top

approach has been adopted.

On the basis of a preliminary reconnaissance survey, two questionnaires were

developed to make it suitable to fulfil the objectives of the study. The questionnaires

contained both open ended and close ended questions

The data collected during the above survey was analyzed to evaluate the prevailing

socio-economic profile of the area.

Based on the above data, impacts due to operation on the community have

been assessed and recommendations for improvement have been made.

3.16.2 Demographics

There are 17 villages in the study area. The demographic pattern of all the settlements as per

2011 census is given in below table. A study has been undertaken with respect to demography,

occupational pattern, literacy rate and other important socio-economic indicators of these

Villages to reveal the socioeconomic structure of the entire project area.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

91 | P a g e

Figure 3-17 Location of Villages in 10 km

(Source: Google Earth)

Table 3-26 Location of Villages in 10 km

Sr.

No. Name of Village

Distance from the

Project Site

Direction from the

Project Site

1. Garida 0.84 km WSW

2. Mahika 2.76 km NW

3. Ratadiya 3.22 km ENE

4. Samadhiala 3.25 km E

5. Holmadh 3.65 km WSW

6. Kanpar 3.95 km NNE

7. Gundakhada 5.2 km ESE

8. Rangpar 5.78 km SSE

9. Jalida 5.88 km SSW

10. Shekhardi 6.09 km NNE

11. Kothi 6.23 km NW

12. Vasundra 6.48 km SW

13. Jodhpar 6.49 km NW

14. Mesariya 7.18 km ESE

15. Jalsika 7.20 km W

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

92 | P a g e

Sr.

No. Name of Village

Distance from the

Project Site

Direction from the

Project Site

16. Limbala 7.45 km NW

17. Bhalgam 8.11 km SSE

3.16.3 Population

There are 4666 households in the study area consisting of total population of 27085. A group of

persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen are called a

household. Persons living in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both.

However, if a group of related or unrelated people live in a house but do not take their meals

from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a common household. Each such person is

treated as a separate household. There may be one member households, two member

households or multimember households. Average number of people in one household is 5.8 in

the study area. Village wise details of the population are given in table below.

Table 3-27 Population and Household details

Sr. No Name Number of households Total population

1. Garida 160 955

2. Mahika 591 3330

3. Ratadiya 216 1410

4. Samadhiala 249 1463

5. Holmadh 217 1311

6. Kanpar 107 657

7. Gundakhada 183 1089

8. Rangpar 123 674

9. Jalida 170 746

10. Shekhardi 174 986

11. Kothi 605 3498

12. Vasundra 101 509

13. Jodhpar 461 2535

14. Mesariya 535 3157

15. Jalsika 144 830

16. Limbala 342 2106

17. Bhalgam 288 1829

18. Total 4666 27085

3.16.4 Sex ratio

Sex ratio is number of females per 1000 males. As per the census 2011, the number of females

per 1000 males is around 949. In some villages, sex ratio is threateningly low, reaching to a

minimum of 868 in Gundakhada . The maximum sex ratio reaches to 1079 in Narayan Kanpar.

The male population is 51.13% while female population is 48.87% of the total population.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

93 | P a g e

Table 3-28 Sex Ratio of Population

S. No

Village Male Female Sex Ratio (females/males)*1000

1 Garida 500 455 910

2 Mahika 1689 1641 972

3 Ratadiya 740 670 905

4 Samadhiala 754 709 940

5 Holmadh 695 616 886

6 Kanpar 316 341 1079

7 Gundakhada 583 506 868

8 Rangpar 360 314 872

9 Jalida 363 383 1055

10 Shekhardi 504 482 956

11 Kothi 1771 1727 975

12 Vasundra 273 236 864

13 Jodhpar 1229 1306 1063

14 Mesariya 1624 1533 944

15 Jalsika 430 400 930

16 Limbala 1082 1024 946

17 Bhalgam 937 892 952

Total 13850 13235 Average : 949

Figure 3-18 Sex Ratio in the Study Area

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

94 | P a g e

3.16.5 Social Structure

The study area has a predominant Hindu population. Hindus in the project area as elsewhere, is

based on the traditional four-fold caste system of Brahmin, Kshatriya, Vaishyas and Shudras.

The first three categories belong to higher caste whereas the last category generally belongs to

Scheduled caste and Tribes. As per Census 2011, average SC population in the study area is

5.37% of the total population. In case of ST population, this number has decreased and reached

to 0.18% of the total population. Scheduled tribes as well as Scheduled Castes are vulnerable

minority of the area and many a times, are excluded from the village activities and treated as

inferiors. The category others stated in the graph represents higher Hindu Categories, Muslims,

Christians, Jains etc. The statistics regarding the Social Characteristics of villages in the

studyarea are given in Table 3-29

Table 3-29 Social Structure of the study area

Sr. No.

Name Total Population Person

Scheduled Castes population Person

Scheduled Castes population Male

Scheduled Castes population Female

Scheduled Tribes population Person

Scheduled Tribes population Male

Scheduled Tribes population Female

1 Garida 955 38 16 22 30 17 13

2 Mahika 3330 239 121 118 15 5 10

3 Ratadiya 1410 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 Samadhiala 1463 38 19 19 0 0 0

5 Holmadh 1311 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 Kanpar 657 59 32 27 0 0 0

7 Gundakhada 1089 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 Rangpar 674 135 74 61 0 0 0

9 Jalida 746 64 27 37 0 0 0

10 Shekhardi 986 23 12 11 0 0 0

11 Kothi 3498 154 85 69 0 0 0

12 Vasundra 509 0 0 0 0 0 0

13 Jodhpar 2535 167 78 89 0 0 0

14 Mesariya 3157 186 96 90 4 2 2

15 Jalsika 830 36 23 13 0 0 0

16 Limbala 2106 2 1 1 0 0 0

17 Bhalgam 1829 313 159 154 1 1 0

Total 27085 1454 743 711 50 25 25

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

95 | P a g e

Figure 3-19 Social Structure of the study area

3.16.6 Literacy

The overall percentage of literate in the area is 62.59%. Total literate population is 16952. The

literacy rate in the area is moderate. Most of the literate people have studies till middle schools

and not attended higher school and college because of lack of institutions of higher education.

Out of total literate population, 58.34% is male population whereas 41.66% is female population.

Male literacy rate is 71.40% whereas female literacy rate is 53.35%. Male literacy rate is

considerably higher than the female literacy rate in the study area, as mentioned, because of

lack of institutions of higher education. Also, in some villages in the study area, people threaten

to send adolescent girls to schools, leading to decline in girls even being educated at all.

Figure 3-20 Literacy rate in the Study Area

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

96 | P a g e

Table 3-30 Literacy rate in the Study area

Sr. No.

Name Total Population Person

Literates Population Person

Literates Population Male

Literates Population Female

Illiterate Persons

Illiterate Male

Illiterate Female

1 Garida 955 608 365 243 347 135 212

2 Mahika 3330 2534 1376 1158 796 313 483

3 Ratadiya 1410 853 479 374 557 261 296

4 Samadhiala 1463 950 560 390 513 194 319

5 Holmadh 1311 860 528 332 451 167 284

6 Kanpar 657 435 245 190 222 71 151

7 Gundakhada 1089 575 375 200 514 208 306

8 Rangpar 674 356 218 138 318 142 176

9 Jalida 746 465 254 211 281 109 172

10 Shekhardi 986 448 301 147 538 203 335

11 Kothi 3498 2324 1352 972 1174 419 755

12 Vasundra 509 299 197 102 210 76 134

13 Jodhpar 2535 1778 964 814 757 265 492

14 Mesariya 3157 1837 1138 699 1320 486 834

15 Jalsika 830 429 250 179 401 180 221

16 Limbala 2106 1121 664 457 985 418 567

17 Bhalgam 1829 1080 624 456 749 313 436

Total 27085 16952 9890 7062 10133 3960 6173

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

97 | P a g e

3.16.7 Occupational Pattern

The occupational profile has been classified based on the available 2011 census classification.

A person is treated as main worker if the person has worked for a major part of the year (180

days or more). A marginal worker is a person who has worked for some time during a year but

adding up to 180 days in a year. Those who have not worked throughout the year are treated as

non-workers.

Total Worker:

Work is defined as economically productive activity with or without compensation or wages.

Such participation may be physical or mental or physical in nature, also, it includes both working

and supervising and directing the work. It even includes part time help or unpaid work on farm,

family enterprise or its economic activity. Number of total workers in the area is 11994 which is

44.28% of the total population. Out of the total working population, 87.23% is male working

population whereas 32.77% is female working population. The total working population is further

divided into main and marginal working population.

Main Working Population:

The term is used for people who have worked for a major part of the year, such as 6 months for

reference. Out of total working population, main working population is 9818 which is 81.85%.

Marginal Working Population:

Marginal workers constitute of people who have been involved in work but not for a major part of

the year (less than six months). The number of marginal workers in the study area is 2176

which is 18.15% of the total working population.

Cultivator:

A person is called cultivator if he or she is engaged in cultivation of land own or from

government or held from private persons or institutions for payment in money, kind or share.

Cultivation work includes effective supervision or direction in cultivation. A person who has

given out her/his land to another person or institution(s) for cultivation for money, kind or share

of crop and who does not even supervise or direct cultivation process is not treated as

cultivator. Similarly, a person working on another person’s land for wages in cash or kind or

combination of both is not treated as cultivator. Total cultivators in study area are 5251 which is

approx. 43.78% of the total workers.

Agricultural Laborers:

Persons working on the land of others for wages or share in the yield have been treated as

agricultural laborers. The total workers of this category are about 2382 which is approx. 19.85%

of the total workers.

Household Workers:

Household industry is defined as an industry conducted by one or more members of the

household at home or near area and only within the precincts of the house where the household

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

98 | P a g e

lives in urban areas. The larger proportion of the household industry consists of the members of

the household. The industry is not run on the scale of a register company or qualifies or has to

be registered under the Indian Factories Act. Household industry relates to production,

processing, servicing, repairing or making and selling but not includes professions such as a

pleader, Doctor, Musician, Dancer, Waterman, Astrologer, Dhobi, Barber, even if such

professions, trade or services are run at home by members of the household. The total workers

of this category are about 97 which is 0.80% of the total working population.

Other Workers:

All workers, i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last one

year are other workers. The type of workers that come under this category is government

servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in

trading, transport, banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment

artist, etc. In effect, all workers except cultivators or agricultural labourers or household industry

workers are other workers. The total workers of this category are about 2088 which is 35.57% of

total workers.

Non-workers:

The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons,

dependants, beggars etc. The total number of non-workers population is 15091 which is 55.72%

of the total population. Out of which 38.34% is male and 61.66% is female.

Figure 3-21 Occupational Pattern of the study area

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi

Steel Private Limited.

99 | P a g e

Table 3-31 Occupational Pattern in the study area

Sr. No.

Name Total Population

Total Worke

r Population

Total

Worker Male

Total

Worker Female

Main Worki

ng Population

Main Working Male

Main Working Female

Main Cultivator

Population

Main Agricul

tural Labor Popula

tion

Main Household

Industries

Population

Main Other Worke

rs Population

Marginal

Worker

Population

Non-Worki

ng Population

P

Non-Working Male

Non-Working Female

1 Garida 955 304 298 6 287 282 5 170 24 1 92 17 651 202 449

2 Mahika 3330 1696 993 703 1432 934 498 878 364 5 185 264 1634 696 938

3 Ratadiya 1410 687 412 275 685 412 273 524 60 0 101 2 723 328 395

4 Samadhi

ala 1463 415 408 7 415 408 7 251 104 3 57 0 1048 346 702

5 Holmadh 1311 780 411 369 677 392 285 386 210 0 81 103 531 284 247

6 Kanpar 657 339 183 156 134 131 3 66 40 3 25 205 318 133 185

7 Gundak

hada 1089 476 357 119 348 336 12 175 24 14 135 128 613 226 387

8 Rangpar 674 232 220 12 219 211 8 40 41 0 138 13 442 140 302

9 Jalida 746 252 220 32 251 219 32 57 74 1 119 1 494 143 351

10 Shekhar

di 986 509 316 193 442 281 161 269 105 2 66 67 477 188 289

11 Kothi 3498 1528 947 581 865 821 44 393 185 1 286 663 1970 824 1146

12 Vasundr

a 509 191 164 27 167 161 6 59 1 0 107 24 318 109 209

13 Jodhpar 2535 1383 772 611 1089 689 400 785 171 0 133 294 1152 457 695

14 Mesariya 3157 1177 976 201 1127 966 161 580 349 3 195 50 1980 648 1332

15 Jalsika 830 269 245 24 252 232 20 113 33 55 51 17 561 185 376

16 Limbala 2106 966 603 363 668 568 100 220 167 8 273 298 1140 479 661

17 Bhalgam 1829 790 539 251 760 533 227 285 430 1 44 30 1039 398 641

Total 27085 11994 8064 3930 9818 7576 2242 5251 2382 97 2088 2176 15091 5786 9305

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

100 | P a g e

3.17 Traffic Study

3.17.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study

To and fro traffic count is done at a Junction point on Main road (Latitude & Longitude:

22°30'16.19"N, 71° 2'58.60"E

The total carrying capacity of the approach road as per IRC guidelines is 1200 PCUs per hour.

Table 3-32 Interpretation of Traffic Study

Sr.

No. Vehicle No. of Vehicles

1 Cycle 17

2 2 Wheeler 19

3 3 Wheeler 5

4 Passenger car, pickup van 6

5 Agricultural Tractor/LCV 8

6 Bus 6

7 Truck 3

8 Tractor with trailer (includes water tanker) 6

9 Multi Axle 03

Average vehicle/day 73

Type of area Rural

Recommended Design Service for Intermediate lane

roads(PCU/day)

1200

Table 3-33 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064

Fast vehicle Vehicle type Equivalency

1 2-Wheeler 0.5

2 Passenger car, pickup van 1.0

3 Auto rickshaw 1.0

4 LCV 1.4

5 Truck/bus 3.0

6 Agricultural tractor trailer 4.5

8 Cycle 0.5

9 Cycle Rickshaw 2.0

10 Horse drawn vehicle 4.0

11 Hand cart 3.0

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

101 | P a g e

As per IRC: 64-1990 Level of Service is defined

V/C LOS Performance

0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent

0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good

0.4 - 0.6 C Good

0.6 - 0.8 D Fair

0.8 - 1.0 E Poor

The 24-hourly traffic on Main road is 73 vehicle movement per day.

24-hourly traffic on Main road is 111.5 PCUs per hr (total PCU) & 111.5 PCUs per hour.

Here V* (PUC/Hr.) is 111.5 & C** (PCU/Hr.) is 1200 therefore the LOS is 0.09 which

means Excellent

V* divided by carrying capacity=111.5/1200= 0.09 i. e Excellent

Thus, the current traffic on the approach road is well within the carrying capacity of the road-

network.

Traffic study after during operation

The total carrying capacity of the approach road as per IRC guidelines, is 1200 PCUs per hour.

Table 3-34 Interpretation of Traffic Study

Sr.

No. Vehicle No. of Vehicles

1 Cycle 23

2 2 Wheeler 26

3 3 Wheeler 8

4 Passenger car, pickup van 9

5 Agricultural Tractor/LCV 12

6 Bus 8

7 Truck 7

8 Tractor with trailer (includes water tanker) 12

9 Multi Axle 03

Average vehicle/day 116

Type of area Rural

Recommended Design Service for Intermediate lane

roads(PCU/day)

1200

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

102 | P a g e

Table 3-35 Vehicle Type Equivalency according to IRC 064

Fast vehicle Vehicle type Equivalency

1 2-Wheeler 0.5

2 Passenger car, pickup van 1.0

3 Auto rickshaw 1.0

4 LCV 1.4

5 Truck/bus 3.0

6 Agricultural tractor trailer 4.5

8 Cycle 0.5

9 Cycle Rickshaw 2.0

10 Horse drawn vehicle 4.0

11 Hand cart 3.0

3.17.2 As per IRC: 64-1990 Level of Service is defined

V/C LOS Performance

0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent

0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good

0.4 - 0.6 C Good

0.6 - 0.8 D Fair

0.8 - 1.0 E Poor

The 24-hourly traffic on Main road is 116 vehicle movement per day.

24-hourly traffic on Main road is 179 PCUs per hr (total PCU) & 179 PCUs per hour.

Here V* (PUC/Hr.) is 179 & C** (PCU/Hr.) is 1200 therefore the LOS is 0.15 which

means Excellent

V* divided by carrying capacity=179/1200= 0.15 i.e Excellent

Thus, the current traffic on the approach road is well within the carrying capacity of the road

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,17,600 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m

2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

103 | P a g e

Figure 3-22 Traffic Survey location on Google Map.

4 CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

104 | P a g e

Table of Contents

4 Chapter 4 Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures ................................................ 106

4.1 Prelude .................................................................................................................... 106

4.2 Identification of EnvironmentalImpacts ................................................................ 106

4.3 EnvironmentalParameters ...................................................................................... 106

4.3.1 Air Environment .................................................................................................. 106

4.3.2 Water Environment.............................................................................................. 107

4.3.3 Land Environment ............................................................................................... 107

4.3.4 Noise Environment .............................................................................................. 107

4.3.5 Occupational Health & Safety ............................................................................. 107

4.3.6 Ecology ................................................................................................................ 107

4.3.7 Socio Economic Environment ............................................................................ 108

4.4 Project Activities and Components ....................................................................... 108

4.4.1 Construction Phase............................................................................................. 108

4.5 Prediction of Environmental Impacts .................................................................... 110

4.6 Impacts during construction phase and its mitigative measures ....................... 112

4.7 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES ...... 117

4.8 Air Environment ...................................................................................................... 117

4.8.1 Noise Environment .............................................................................................. 123

4.8.2 Water Environment.............................................................................................. 124

4.8.3 Land Environment ............................................................................................... 124

4.8.4 Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................ 125

4.8.5 Ecology and Biodiversity .................................................................................... 125

4.8.6 Occupational Health ............................................................................................ 125

List of Tables

Table 4-1- Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase ....................................... 109

Table 4-2- Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase............................................. 110

Table 4-3- Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase ............................................ 111

Table 4-4- Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase ................................................. 112

Table 4-5- Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Construction Phase ................................... 113

105 | P a g e

List of Figures

Figure 4- 1 Ground Level Concentration of PM10 ................................................................ 118 Figure 4- 2 Ground Level Concentration of SO2 ................................................................. 119 Figure 4- 3 Ground Level Concentration of NOx................................................................. 120

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

106 | P a g e

4 Chapter 4 Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures

4.1 Prelude

This chapter identifies and predicts the potential impacts on different environmental components

due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. It details all the potential impacts

on biophysical and socio-economic components of the local environment due to the proposed

activities and sub-activities.

This chapter presents identification and appraisal of the likely impacts due to the proposed

expansion of M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited. Prediction of impacts is the most

important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies. Several qualitative and

quantitative techniques and methodologies are used to conduct analysis of the potential impacts

likely to build up as a result of the proposed development activities on physico-chemical,

ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the

baseline (pre-project) status of the environmental quality to derive at the ultimate (post-project)

scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction and identification of impacts helps to

minimize the adverse impacts and maximize the beneficial impacts on environmental quality

during pre and post project execution.

4.2 Identification of Environmental Impacts

The identification of environmental impacts has been made, based on the understanding of

cause-condition-effect relationship between an activity and the impact component. To identify

and predict overall impact on environmental attributes, assessment task is performed for both

the phases i.e. Construction Phase and Operation Phase. Various techniques are available

for impact identification, out of which matrix method has been used to identify the impacts due

to the activities for the proposed project.

4.3 Environmental Parameters

For the purpose of the assessment of anticipated environmental impacts, some of the

environmental regimes are selected considering the probable impacts. The environmental

regimes along with the parameters predicted for the study area are given below;

4.3.1 Air Environment

Ambient air quality

Sources of emission and its quantity

Emission control measures / technology

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

107 | P a g e

Environment, health and safety management strategies

4.3.2 Water Environment

Water consumption and waste water generation

Water and wastewater quality

Water and wastewater management system / technology

Environment, health and safety management strategies

4.3.3 Land Environment

Potential of land use and land cover change

Potential of land contamination sources and control measures

Potential change in soil quality

4.3.4 Noise Environment

Major sources of noise from project activities

Control measures for noise

Environment, health and safety management strategies

4.3.5 Occupational Health & Safety

Nature and type of operation works

Raw material and its management (handling, storage and transportation)

Operation hazard and control measures (precaution and prevention)

Management for safety of employees, welfare and health

Occupational health and safety plan

Emergency measures and action plan

Disaster management plan

4.3.6 Ecology

Flora and fauna of study area

Change in habitat and vegetation

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

108 | P a g e

Control measures for ecology and environment management strategies

4.3.7 Socio Economic Environment

Demographic characteristics

Employment potential and allied issues

Basic amenities and infrastructure

Management strategies and social / community welfare plan

Occupational health and safety management plan

4.4 Project Activities and Components

The following project related activities identified as sources having potential to cause impact

upon various environmental attributes;

4.4.1 Construction Phase

All the impacts due to following activities during construction phase will be short term and limited

up to plot area.

Site cleaning

Levelling and road laying

Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching

Transportation of construction materials

Civil work

Mechanical erection

Employment

Domestic activities by workers

Greenbelt development

Operation Phase:

Each individual activity listed has its own impact on each environmental parameter. After

commissioning of the proposed project, operation phase will have permanent (long term) impact

due to said activities.

Raw material & product storage, handling and transportation

Manufacturing process & utility operations (consumption of resources & emission of

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

109 | P a g e

liquid effluent, flue & process gas, generation of solid/hazardous waste and Noise)

Employment

Green Belt Development

Infrastructure development & CER activities

Other factors/situation such as breakdown of critical systems, induced growth in the vicinity of

factory etc. will influence the environmental parameters. During an emergency situation, the

impact scenario will be completely different from normal operation and the impact on the

surrounding environment will be adverse. To make sure that the proposed project does not

leave behind any negative impacts, the adverse impacts are also identified for emergency

during EIA study.

Table 4-1- Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase

Sr.

No.

Parameter

Activity A

ir

Wate

r

Lan

d

No

ise

Eco

log

y

Healt

h &

Safe

ty

So

cio

Eco

no

mic

1. Site Cleaning X

2. Leveling & road laying X X X

3. Earthwork comprising of

excavation, guarding

trenching

X X X

4. Transportation of

construction materials

X X

5. Civil work X X

6. Mechanical erection X X X X X

7. Employment X X X X

8. Domestic Activities by

workers

X X X X

9. Greenbelt development X X X X X X

Note: () Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

110 | P a g e

Table 4-2- Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase

Sr.

No.

Parameter

Activity Air

Wa

ter

Lan

d

No

ise

Ec

olo

gy

He

alt

h &

Sa

fety

So

cio

Ec

on

om

ic

1. Raw material & product

storage and handling

X X X X X

2. Transportation of raw

materials and finished

products

X X X X X

3. Production & Utilities X X

4. Emergencies or disaster X

5. Breakdown of critical

systems

X X

6. Employment X X X X X

7. Greenbelt development X X X X

8. Infrastructure development

& CER activities

X X X X

Note: ( ) Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur

4.5 Prediction of Environmental Impacts

Prediction of impacts involves determination of nature and extent of impacts due to the various

activities to be involved in the proposed project. Generally, impacts are classified as follows;

1. Positive or Negative

2. Short term or Long term

3. Significant or insignificant or moderate

4. Direct or indirect

5. Reversible or irreversible

6. Quantifiable or non-quantifiable

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

111 | P a g e

7. Acceptable or conditionally acceptable or unacceptable

Looking to the project site, magnitude of project and pollution potential, impacts have been

predicted for following two classifications;

1. Positive or Negative

2. Short term or Long term

3. Significant or insignificant or moderate

Environmental Impacts are identified and assessed quantitatively and qualitatively. Prediction of

impacts for the both construction & operation phase is given in Table

Table 4-3- Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase

Parameter

Activity

Air

Wa

ter

Lan

d

No

ise

Ec

olo

gy

He

alt

h &

Sa

fety

So

cio

Ec

on

om

ic

Site cleaning (-ve)

ST – (-ve)

ST

(-ve)

ST

(-ve)

ST

(-ve)

ST –

Leveling and road

laying

(-ve)

ST – – (-ve)

ST – (-ve)

ST –

Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

Transportation of

construction materials

(-ve)

ST – (-ve) ST

(-ve)

ST

(-ve)

ST

(-ve)

ST –

Civil construction (-ve)

ST

(-ve)

ST – (-ve)

ST – (-ve)

ST –

Mechanical erection (-ve)

ST – – – – (-ve)

ST –

Employment - (-ve) ST

_ _ _ (-ve)

ST (+ve) ST

Greenbelt development (+ve)

LT (+ve)

LT (+ve)

LT (+ve)

LT (+ve)

LT

(+ve)

LT -

Note:(+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

112 | P a g e

Table 4-4- Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase

Parameter

Activity Air

Wa

ter

Lan

d

No

ise

Ec

olo

gy

He

alt

h &

Sa

fety

So

cio

Ec

on

om

ic

Raw material & Product storage and handling

(-ve) ST

– – – – (-ve) ST

Transportation of raw materials and finished products

(-ve) ST

– – (-ve)

ST – (-ve)

ST

Production & utilities (-ve)

LT

(-ve)

LT

(-ve)

LT

(-ve)

LT

– (-ve)

LT

Emergencies or disaster (-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) LT

Breakdown of critical systems

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

(-ve) ST

– (+ve) LT

-

Employment – – – – – (+ve) LT (+ve)

LT

Greenbelt development (+ve)

LT

– (+ve)

LT

(+ve)

LT

(+ve)

LT

– (+ve)

LT

Infrastructure development & CER activities

– – – – – (+ve) LT (+ve)

LT

Note: (+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term

4.6 Impacts during construction phase and its mitigative measures

Identification and prediction of impacts during construction phase of the proposed project are

discussed in Table 1. There shall be no significant impact during the construction phase. The key

problem anticipated would be increase in dust contamination and noise. However, these impacts

would be for a limited period i.e. up to construction period only. Impact aspect analysis during

construction phase and its mitigation measures are given in Table 4-5

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..

113 | P a g e

Table 4-5- Impacts & Aspect Analysis during Construction Phase

Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation&

Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope

Site Cleaning, Excavation, Foundation and Construction activities

Air

Quality

Dusting due

to site

cleaning,

excavation,

foundation

and

construction

Deterioration of ambient air quality

Negative,

Short term

Insignificant (as it

will be for short

duration and will

regain back on

completion of

construction

activities).

Confined to project site and vicinity

Storage of sand and other such

dispersible material by covering with

tarpaulin sheet

Keeping minimum inventory/stock of

sand and other such dispersible

material at site

Proper storage of excavated

materials with use of protective

sheets

Periodical water sprinkling to prevent dusting

Storage of topsoil in covered and

isolated area for its replenishing and

reuse for green belt development

Use of RMC to possible extent

Excavated materials to transporting

sound manner to prevent dust

spread during movement

Workers to be given proper training

Supervision of mitigation

measures to ensure its

effectiveness

Water

Quality

Use of water

during

Construction

activity

Wastage of

water

Negative,

Short term

Moderate

Use of water shall be done in optimal way

Installation of water meter and record keeping of water consumption

Supervision of mitigation measures to ensure its effectiveness

Domestic

Sewage

generation

Disposal of

sewage

(treated)

Negative,

Short term

Insignificant

Prevent contamination of storm

water drain

Regular inspection of STP for

sewage disposal

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..

114 | P a g e

Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation&

Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope

Land /

Soil

Quality

Removal of top

soil as a part of

construction

activity

Loss of topsoil Negative,

Short term

Insignificant

Confined to project

site

Top soil removed during construction

will be collected and stored in

covered and isolated area for its

replenishing and reuse for greenbelt

development

Planning and commencement

of green belt / area

development along with

construction phase

Noise Generation of

noise and

vibration due to

operation /

working of

construction

machineries

Hearing

defects in

workers /

employees

working with

the

machineries

Disturbance to local population

Negative,

Short term

Moderate and direct

Confined to project site and vicinity

Avoid construction activities during night time

Periodical servicing and lubrication

of moving parts of machineries for

reducing tear and wear

Provision of PPEs (ear muffs, ear plug) to workers working with machineries generating loud noise

For effective implementation,

these shall be made part of

contract conditions

Training to be imparted to

workers for use of PPEs and

motivate them to use the same

Ecology Site cleaning,

excavation

Nuisance to local flora and fauna

Negative,

Short term

Confined to project

site

Expert horticulturist will be deployed

to take care of green belt

development planning to enhance

the native species population

Planning and commencement

of green belt / area

development along with

construction phase

Occupational

Health &

Safety

Working at

height,

construction

of building,

use of lift and

elevators

Chances of

accidents to

workers

/labors

Negative,

Short term

Confined to project site

Impart adequate training to workers/ labors working onsite

Make them aware about risks involved

Provision of required PPEs for the

workers.

Preparation and implementation

of safe work procedures

Training to be imparted to workers for use of PPEs

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..

115 | P a g e

Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation&

Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope

Socio-

economic

Labor force

requirement Employment

opportunity to

local people

Positive,

Short term

Quantifiable

Local residents in

the vicinity

- Ensure employment to local people as per requirement

Transportation of Materials

Air

Quality

Transportation

as well as

loading /

unloading of

construction

materials,

equipment and

machineries

Local

ambient air

quality

deterioration

due to

increased

vehicular

traffic

Negative,

Short term

Moderate

Transportation route

All transportation vehicles will be

suitably covered with tarpaulin &

overloading of the vehicles will be

avoided.

PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust emission.

Keeping minimum inventory/stock

of sand and other such dispersible

material at site

Transport contract to the agencies

having properly maintained & PUC

certified vehicles to avoid the

exhaust emission

Noise Transportation

as well as

loading /

unloading of

construction

materials,

equipment and

machineries

Disturbance to local population

Negative,

Short term

Moderate

Transportation route

Vehicular movement will be preferred during daytime

---

Occupational

Health &

Safety

Traffic

movement Chances of

accidents to

local people

Negative,

Short term

Moderate

To avoid unnecessary speeding

of vehicles on road as well as

inside the premises.

Provision of PPE’S.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited..

116 | P a g e

Attribute Aspects Impact Evaluation &

Impact Zone Mitigation Measures EMP Scope

Socio-

economic

Contract to

transport

agencies

Chances of

contract to

local people

Negative,

Short term

Moderate

Transportation route

Ensure contract to local

agency / people as per

requirement

Installation of plant equipment and machineries

Water

Quantity

Installation,

testing and

commissioning of

plant equipment

and machineries

Water

consumption for

hydraulic testing

of machineries

Negative,

Short term

Insignificant

Possible reuse of water will be

made during equipment and

machineries testing

Optimal usage of water

Noise

Installation,

testing and

commissioning of

plant equipment

and machineries

Chances of

hearing defects

to workers

engaged

inactivity

Disturbance to local people

Negative,

Short term

Insignificant

(short term and

temporary in nature)

Confined to project

site

Provision of PPEs (ear muffs, ear

plug) to workers working with

machineries generating loud noise

Information to nearby community heads about plant commencement

Provision of acoustic

enclosures and vibrating

absorbance pads

Occupational

Health &

Safety

Installation,

testing and

commissioning of

plant equipment

and machineries

Chances of

accidents to

workers /

employees /

personnel

working

Negative,

Short term

Insignificant

Confined to project

site

- -

Socio-

economic

Unskilled, Semi

skilled and

Skilled Work

force

requirement

Opportunities of

employment

generation for

local people /

agencies

Positive,

Short term

- Employment opportunities to local people

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

117 | P a g e

4.7 Impacts during Operation Phase and Its Mitigative Measures

The proposed expansion activity will have the environmental impact due to the operation of the

project on environment due to the various industrial activities like, raw-materials handling,

Induction Furnace operation, thermal radiation, vehicular movement, finished product handling,

labors activity, electrical installation etc. The potential environmental impact identified due to

proposed expansion will be on environmental parameters

Ambient air

Noise due to the metal materials movement

Water environment

Soil

Land use

Socio-economic impacts

Ecology & Biodiversity

4.8 Air Environment

Long term impacts on the air quality are anticipated due to operational activities. The baseline

ambient air quality status in the study area during post monsoon season indicates that all the

criteria pollutants (gaseous as well as particulates), viz., PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, etc. are

well within the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS set by CPCB).

Stack monitoring for AOD unit, Induction furnace and DG set is carried out regularly. Air

pollution control measures like Bag filter is provided in the stack. Maintenance is and will be

done for good performance of APCM’s. The emissions are maintained as per CPCB limit.

4.8.1 Air Quality Modelling

AERMOD View – Lake Environmental Software, which is a Gaussian-Plume atmospheric

dispersion algorithm for estimating concentration of pollutant, has been used to predict the

Ground Level Concentrations (GLC’s) of PM10, SO2 and NOx due to plant activity. The GLC’s

were predicted on 24 hourly average basis keeping in view the prescribed national ambient air

quality standards (NAAQS).

Data used for Modeling

The hourly meteorological data along with emission rate for individual pollutants used for

prediction of air quality impacts as given in chapter 2 has been taken into consideration.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

118 | P a g e

Particulate matter (PM10)

The predicted concentrations of PM10 for Post Monsoon season are shown in the form of

isopleths in Figure 4-1

Figure 4- 1 Ground Level Concentration of PM10

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

119 | P a g e

The maximum Ground Level Concentration for PM 10 GLC was found to be 1.43

μg/m3

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

The predicted concentrations of SO2 for study period are shown in the form of isopleths in

Figure 4-2

Figure 4- 2 Ground Level Concentration of SO2

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

120 | P a g e

The maximum Ground Level concentration for SO2 GLC was found to be 0.59 μg/m3

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

The predicted concentrations of NOx for study period are shown in the form of isopleths in

Figure 4-3.

Figure 4- 3 Ground Level Concentration of NOx

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

121 | P a g e

The maximum Ground Level concentration for NOx GLC was found to be 0.76 μg/m3

Sr. No.

Parameter

Location Code

Name of Location of Baseline study with maximum result

Distance & Direction of the maximum predicted incremental GLC from Project Site

Maximum Predicted GLC μg/m3 in study area

Baseline Result (Max.) μg/m3

Incremental result after development of Project

1 PM 10 AAQ-5

Vasundhara

99 m, S 1.43 83.2 84.63

2 PM 2.5 AAQ-5

Vasundhara

99 m, S 1.43 27.5 28.93

3 SO2 AAQ-5 Vasundhara

200 m, S 0.59 7.6 8.19

4 NOx AAQ-5 Vasundhara

200 m, ESE 0.76 12.1 12.86

The prediction results corresponding to PM10, SO2 and NOx as shown above indicate that the air

quality impacts with respect to pollutants exclusively from the proposed expansion projects

would be insignificant and the post-project status shall remain under prescribed NAAQS for

Industrial, Residential and other areas.

4.8.2 Effect of Particulate Matters on Materials, Vegetation, Animals and Human Being

The size of particles is directly linked to their potential for causing health problems. Small

particles less than 10 micrometers in diameter pose the greatest problems, because they can

get deep into your lungs, and some may even get into your bloodstream.

Exposure to such particles can affect both your lungs and your heart. Numerous scientific studies

have linked particle pollution exposure to a variety of problems, including:

Premature death in people with heart or lung disease

Non-fatal heart attacks

Irregular heartbeat

Aggravated asthma

Decreased lung function

Increased respiratory symptoms, such as irritation of the airways, coughing or difficulty in

breathing.

People with heart or lung diseases, children, and older adults are the most likely to be affected

by particle pollution exposure.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

122 | P a g e

Environmental damage

Particles can be carried over long distances by wind and then settle on ground or water.

Depending on their chemical composition, the effects of this settling may include:

Making lakes and streams acidic

Changing the nutrient balance in coastal waters and large river basins

Depleting the nutrients in soil

Damaging sensitive forests and farm crops

Affecting the diversity of ecosystems

Contributing to acid rain effects.

Materials damage

PM can stain and damage stone and other materials, including culturally important objects such

as statues and monuments. Some of these effects are related to acid rain effects on materials.

Particulate matter (PM) alone or in combination with other pollutants constitutes a very serious

health hazard. PM enters the human body mainly via the respiratory system. Damage to the

respiratory organs may follow directly, since it has been observed particles having size between

0.01 to 0.1 µm which penetrate pulmonary compartment and deposit in it. It is extremely difficult

to obtain a direct relationship between exposure to various concentrations of PM and the

resulting effects upon human health.

Hence vehicular emissions will principally arise out of emissions from the exhausts of vehicles

used for the transport of Raw materials, fly ash and the transport of the workers. All vehicles

shall have Pollution Control Certificate (PUC) with regular maintenance check. However, their

effects are highly localized. In the dry season, there will also be some air pollution caused by re-

entrainment dust caused by operation of vehicles on dry roads and it’s proposed to control the

same by sprinkling on regular interval. Either covered dumpers shall be used or trucks shall be

covered through tarpaulin to prevent fugitive emissions.

4.8.3 Air environment

The air environment management will comprised for management of (1) Flue gas, (2) process

emission and (3) fugitive emission. (4) The flue gas monitoring sources are from (1) Bag Filters

connected to Induction Furnace through portable Hood over either crucible, (2) existing D.G.

set.

The flue gas emission from induction furnace will be controlled through the Pulse Jet

Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood and emitted by

the adequate height stack to each of Induction Furnace. The stack gas emission will be

within the prescribed norm as applicable.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

123 | P a g e

The existing D.G. set will be operated during the power supply failure. Flue gas from the

D.G. set will be within the prescribed norms.

The proposed manufacturing process does not involve in process emission. Hence, the

measures are not described.

The sources of fugitive emission will be through (1) vehicular movement (localized and

within the premises) (2) non-operative of APCM during electricity cut by PGVCL

(temporary in nature and not frequent in nature due to consistent electricity supply in

state Gujarat)

Transportation of vehicles will result in marginal increase in the levels of PM 10 & PM2.5, CO

and unburnt hydrocarbons. The impact will, however, be marginal, and temporary in nature.

However, proper maintenance of vehicles can minimize emissions. Dust suppression by

covering and water sprinkling and maintenance of vehicles will be carried out to keep air quality

to the minimum negative impact on the surroundings.

The following measures suggested controlling the fugitive emission during the Operation phase

to minimize the impact.

To sprinkle the water on exposed internal road on windy days

To maintain good housekeeping preferably at around the materials storage areas, its

handling area.

Trucks and vehicular movements should be regulated including speed and directions to

avoid on-site accident and injuries to workers and their dependents.

Adequately visible safety tags should be provided at site for ease of movement for

materials, vehicles and human corridors to avoid unsafe place at site.

Electrical safety measures should be addressed as the major activities will involve

electrical installations with heavy machineries.

4.8.4 Noise Environment

The noise effect on the nearest inhabitants during the construction activity will be negligible.

However on site workers using high noise producing equipment will adopt noise protection devices

like silencers, earmuffs. Noise prone activities will be avoided to the extent possible during night

particularly during a period 9 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact on the

neighborhood environment.

Overall, the impact of noise generated on the environment is likely to be insignificant, reversible

and localized in nature and mainly confined to the day hours within premises. The noise records

should be monitored for purpose of the compliances besides noise exposure study and necessary

safety and health aspect of the workers exposed to noise levels exposure time.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

124 | P a g e

4.8.5 Water Environment

Water for the proposed unit will be sourced from Local Supply through tankers. Further, there

will be no housing facilities at site for construction workers and hence a major source of impact

on water environment will be avoided. The proposed work will have major construction work,

and will have work related to site development, Excavation, civil work, installation of equipment,

vessels etc. Proper and sufficient sanitary facilities will be provided to construction workers to

maintain all hygienic conditions at site. Furthermore, proposed sanitary facilities shall be utilized.

Storm water drains compatible with the local hydrological pattern of the area which is provided

to carry-off, any run-off or storm water from the premises. Care shall be taken during

construction work and will not create any obstruction/dips in the topography which can lead to

accumulation of water within premises leading to undesirable consequences like health and

hygiene problems etc.

The water requirement will be for drinking and for construction work (curing and concrete work).

4.8.6 Land Environment

During operation activity the impact of air, water and solid waste pollution on soil causes direct

and indirect effect on soil. For this, all the necessary air pollution control system will be

provided. So that there will not be any adverse impact on soil.

All necessary control steps/measures will be provided in proposed plant for handling, storage

and disposal of solid/ hazardous waste generated. Industry has also developed greenbelt within

the premises which prevent soil erosion which may change the land use

Soil Quality

Impact: There will be no major sources of land contamination from waste spillage. The used oil

shall be collected in drums and reused in the factory premises as a lubricant. The proposed

project is within the existing industrial premises and do not involve much resettlement and

rehabilitation problems.

Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation

The objective of waste management is to protect the environment by ensuring that waste does

not contaminate the environment at such rate or in such a form to damage the environment or

encumber the nature’s assimilative capacity. Waste elimination and minimization program is

crucial, both environmentally and economically for reducing waste related liabilities and cost. The major solid waste generated during the construction phase will be construction/ concrete

debris. Also domestic waste shall be generated. The same shall be sale to actual end users

after maximum possible re-melting.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

125 | P a g e

During operation phase, waste generated can be categorized as hazardous waste, Non

Hazardous Waste and Domestic Solid Waste. Used oil and discarded bags & liners will be

mainly generated as hazardous waste which will be disposed as per Hazardous waste rules,

2016.

4.8.7 Socio-Economic Environment

Proposed project will have long term positive impact on socio-economic environment due to

generation of direct employment for about 50 People. Preference will be given to the local

people from then nearby villages as per the requirement and based on skills. In addition,

secondary job will be increased because of the day-to-day needs with the upcoming proposed

the project. This will increase the employment opportunity in the area as well as improve the

living standard of the people in the area which also will help in improving educational, medical,

health and sanitation awareness in the people. Local employees will get benefited by facilities

like drinking water, sanitation, first aid etc. provided by client.

Moreover, unit will carry out CER activities in the nearby area in the field of health, sanitation,

medical aids, educational aids and contribution in infrastructural development which has

beneficial impacts on socio-economic environment on need basis.

4.8.8 Ecology and Biodiversity

There is no sanctuary and national park within the 5 km area from the proposed project site.

Also no rare and endangered flora and fauna have been reported during study in 5 km area

surrounding to the project site. Proposed project will be carried out in the owned land and no

vegetation will be required to be cleared.

Chances of adverse effect on ecology due to the proposed project may be occurred due to air

pollution caused by flue gases emission. However, unit has adequate environmental

management systems. Regular monitoring of various parameters will be carried out. Thus, there

will not be any adverse impact occurred on surrounding ecology due to the proposed project.

Greenbelt development will have positive impact on flora and fauna.

4.8.9 Occupational Health

In the proposed unit, drinking water and sanitation facilities will be provided to workers. All the

necessary personal protective equipment’s shall be provided for the respective works. The unit

has provided such arrangements to minimize manual handling of chemicals and hazardous

wastes. Regular health check-ups will be carried out of all the workers and record is maintained

for the same. Medical, fire and safety trainings are given time-to-time. Moreover, unit will

provide proper environmental management system and operates the same efficiently. Thus,

there will not be any possibility of adverse impact on workers’ health & the same shall be

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

126 | P a g e

continued further with the upcoming proposed project. Thus, no adverse impact is expected on

sanitation and community health.

5 CHAPTER 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

127 | P a g e

Table of Contents

5 Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives ............................................................................... 128

5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 128

5.2 Project Details ......................................................................................................... 128

5.3 Site Alternative ........................................................................................................ 128

5.4 Alternative for Technologies .................................................................................. 129

List of Tables

Table 5-1 Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives .................................................... 129

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

128 | P a g e

5 Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Introduction

Alternative analysis is the process of analyzing the project’s location for suitability of basic

necessities to operate the plant safely this analysis also covers the environmental aspect of

pollution prevention and improvement in quality of life near to the project vicinity. The project

alternative is the course of action in pace of another, that would meet the same purpose and

need, but which would avoid or minimize negative impacts and enhance project benefits. Such

projects may result in specific impacts which can be avoided or mitigated by adherence to

certain predetermined performance standards, guidelines or design criteria. Alternative

approaches may therefore be more effective integrating environmental and social concerns into

the project planning process.

5.2 Project Details

M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is proposing expansion of integrated steel plant at Sr.

no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1, Garida, Ta. Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621

The proposed project falls under the item no. 3(a) under Category B1 as per the EIA

notification-2006 (as amended timely).

5.3 Site Alternative

The project site is in proximity of Morbi District of Gujarat State and the fact is that the proposed

expansion project is to be done within the project area. Project proponent is very well familiar

with the surrounding environment therefore, it becomes easy for the unit to set up, operate &

maintain the project on above said location.

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder:

Availability of adequate land; Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure,

communication, transportation, medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled

manpower, raw materials, road network etc.

Proximity of market; Nearest town Wankaner is 18 km away from the project site which

is very well connected with other parts of the country by road & rail

No R & R will be required as it’s an expansion project; Easy availability of manpower.

No national park or wildlife habitats fall within 5 km radial distance from the project site.

The location of project is best suited to expand the manufacturing activities. So no

alternative for site is analyzed.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

129 | P a g e

5.4 Alternative for Technologies

Table 5-1 Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives

Sr. No.

Particular Proposed technologies Alternatives

1. Manufacturing

Process

The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market for the manufacturing of proposed products to achieve maximum yield with minimum pollution generation and fugitive emission.

The unit is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental protection & resource conservation. Hence, unit will put continuous efforts for replacing / upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology.

2. Water

Domestic wastewater will be treated in unit’s own STP and reused for gardening Low TDS process water will be reused for sprinkling

---

3. Air

Pulse jet type Bag Filter with Provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood for Induction Furnace and Multi cyclone dust collector followed by water Scrubber for Reheating Furnace are provided. Same will be upgraded after expansion of Project. Adequate stack height will be provided for DG set with acoustic enclosure.

Proposed technology is suitable to control emission of process gases & adequately designed, considering the pollution load, to maintain prescribed norms of GPCB.

4. Solid/

Hazardous waste

Solid & Hazardous Waste is stored in separate storage area and Hazardous Waste is return to supplier, reuse of waste & disposal by selling to registered recycler as per Hazardous and other waste rules, 2016.

No new changes are required for switching on to other alternative

6 CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

130 | P a g e

Table of Contents

6 Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program ............................................................ 131

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program ...................................................................... 131

6.2 Objectives of Monitoring ........................................................................................ 131

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program ...................................................................... 131

6.3.1 Monitoring and Reporting Procedure ............................................................. 131

6.4 Monitoring Equipment and Consumables ............................................................. 132

List of Tables

Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (During Operational Phase) ............................ 132

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

131 | P a g e

6 Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to

characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used in the

Preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which

human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring

strategies and programs have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish

the current status of an environment or to establish trends in environmental parameters.

Environmental Monitoring Network is operation phase of the project for monitoring of various

environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil etc.

6.2 Objectives of Monitoring

To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions of

EC, NOC and CC&A.

To comply with the provision of factory Act.

To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

development.

Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan

additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.

To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment

study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

To establish a data base for future impact assessment studies for new project

.

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental Monitoring should be carried out during operation phase of the project.

6.3.1 Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense

importance to assess the status of the environment during operational phase. With the

knowledge of baseline condition, the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any

deterioration in environmental conditions due to operational phase and suitable mitigation steps

could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of

control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by

monitoring. The proposed monitoring program gives below:

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

132 | P a g e

6.3.1.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Both ambient air quality and stack emission will be monitored. The ambient air quality with

respect to NOx, SO2, suspended particulate matter (PM10 and PM2.5) will be monitored in at

least 3-4 locations in and around the project site through a reputed environmental laboratory

recognized by MoEF&CC/NABL. Monitoring will be carried out for a period of 24 hours, every

month during construction phase and quarterly in operation phase. Similarly, all the stacks in the

proposed unit will be monitored once in three months with respect to NOx, SO2, Suspended

particulate matter (SPM).

6.3.1.2 Noise level monitoring

Monitoring of the noise level is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental

Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter and

noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be conducted

periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The noise levels due to

machines and equipments will be monitored regularly.

6.4 Monitoring Equipment and Consumables

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of important

environmental parameters. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from MoEF/NABL

recognized laboratory.

Table 6-1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (During Operational Phase)

Component Parameters Location Frequency Duration

Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx,

Minimum 3-4 locations with one on upwind side, one on downwind and one on lateral side and one at project site.

Quarterly 24 hrs

Point Source Emissions

Particulates, SO2, NOx,

Each stack – for flue gas

Quarterly As per the CPCB guidelines

Noise level Leq day, Leq night, L10, L50, L90 dB(A)

In and around the work zone

Quarterly

24 hour reading with a frequency of 10 minutes every hour

Soil Quality Physico-chemical characteristics

At relevant locations Quarterly Sample every season

Ecology Survival rate of plantation

At locations of compensatory plantation and landscaping

Annually For 3 years after operation

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

133 | P a g e

starts

Health All relevant parameters

Quarterly Regular check ups

As per requirement

Solid waste Depending on type of wastes

Solid waste disposal location

Once during each season

One time sample

Ground & Drinking water

As per IS 10500: 2012

Adjoining village Quarterly At least at three Locations.

7 CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

134 | P a g e

Table of Contents 7 Chapter 7Additional Studies ......................................................................................... 129

7.1 Risk Assessment ....................................................................................................... 129 7.1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 129 7.1.2 Objectives .............................................................................................................. 129 7.1.3 Definition of Environmental Risks ...................................................................... 130 7.1.4 Identification of Hazards ...................................................................................... 131 7.1.5 Environmental Risk Evaluation ........................................................................... 136 7.1.6 Safety during Operation ....................................................................................... 143 7.1.7 Risk Management Measures ................................................................................ 146 7.2 On-Site Emergency Plan ......................................................................................... 147 7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) ............................................................... 149

List of Tables

Table 7-1 Hazard Identification of the Proposed Steel Plant .............................................. 131

Table 7-2- Determination of risk potential ............................................................................. 137

List of Figures

Figure 7-1 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS FLOW SHEET ............ 137 Figure 7-2 Risk contour of fuel oil ....................................................................................... 141

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

129 | P a g e

7 Chapter 7Additional Studies

7.1 Risk Assessment

7.1.1 Introduction

It is essential to apply modern approaches to safety practices based on good design,

management and operational control. It is essential to identify potential hazards while

assessing design and development proposals which handle hazardous materials. Risk

assessment techniques have been recognized as an important tool for integrating and

internalizing safety in plant operation and production sequencing. So the risk assessment is

mandatory for all new projects process industries dealing with hazardous materials and severe

operating conditions.

In the below sections, identifications of various hazardous, probable risks in the storage and

handling of hazardous materials are addressed which gives a broad identification of risks

involved in proposed manufacturing plant. The Disaster Management Plan is prepared

considering the hazard and risk involved in proposed manufacturing activity.

We here address the basic hazard process involved in the Induction furnace. Let‘s understand

the process involved: Induction furnaces produce their heat cleanly, without burning fuel.

Alternating electric current from an induction power unit flows into a furnace and through a coil

made of hollow copper tubing. Electrical current flowing in one direction in the induction coil

creates an electromagnetic field that induces an electrical current flow in the opposite direction

in the metal charge inside the furnace, producing heat that rapidly causes the metal to melt.

7.1.2 Objectives

The objectives of environmental risk assessment are governed by the following, which

excludes natural calamities:

a) Identifying the potential hazardous areas so that adequate design safety

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

130 | P a g e

measures can be adopted to reduce the likelihood of accidental events.

b) Identifying the stakeholders and evaluating their risk along with proposing

adequate control techniques.

c) Identifying the probable areas of environmental disaster which can be

prevented by proper design of the installations and its controlled operation.

d) Managing the emergency situation or a disastrous event, if any, during the

plant operation.

Environmental risk assessment is a systematic approach for identification, evaluation,

mitigation and control of hazards that could occur as a result of failures in process,

procedures, or equipment. Increasing industrial accidents, loss of life & property, public

scrutiny, statutory requirements and intense industrial processes, all contribute to a growing

need to ensure that risk management is conducted and implemented.

Managing a disastrous event would require prompt action by the operators and plant

emergency staff using all their existing resources like deployment of firefighting equipment,

operation of emergency shut off valves, water sprays etc.

Minimising the immediate consequences of a hazardous event include cordoning off,

evacuation, medical assistance and providing correct information to the families of the

affected persons and local public to avoid rumours and panic.

Lastly, an expert committee is required to probe the cause of such an event, even if it is a

"near miss" situation, note the loss incurred/would have been incurred, and suggest

remedial measures for implementation so that in future such events or similar events do not

recur.

7.1.3 Definition of Environmental Risks

The following terms related to environmental risks are defined before reviewing the

environmental risks:

Harm Damage to person, property or environment.

Hazard Situation that poses a level of threat to life, health, property,

or environment. A hazardous situation that has come to pass

is called an incident. Hazard and possibility interact together

to create risk. An environmental hazard is thus going to be a

set of circumstances, which leads to direct or indirect

degradation of environment and damage to the life and

property.

Risk The probability of harm or likelihood of harmful occurrence

and its severity. Environmental risk is a measure of the

potential threats to the environment, life and property.

Consequence Effect due to occurrence of the event, which may endanger

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

131 | P a g e

the environment permanently or temporarily and, or, loss of

life and property.

Environmental The consequence can extensively disaster damage any one

or all the four components of the environment, namely, (i)

physico-chemical, (ii) biological, (iii) human and (iv)

aesthetics.

7.1.4 Identification of Hazards

This is an early check of major hazards, which are of risk potential - including the potential for

disastrous interactions of the various plant operational activities. This checklist, though not

strictly speaking a Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP) would considerably facilitate a full

scale HAZOP Study for final drawing up of risk management.

Measures when the ‗design-freeze‘ stage commences. The identification of hazards

anticipation for the proposed project activities are presented below.

Table 7-1 Hazard Identification of the Proposed Steel Plant

Group Item Nature of

Hazard

Hazard

Potential Remarks

Raw materials

handling

Coal for coking Fire Moderate Fire hazard

Water treatment

chemicals like

acids/alkalis

Toxic Major Bio-Corrosive

Production

units

Coke Plant

Dusts and fumes Asphyxiation Moderate Air pollution

VOC emission from

battery Toxic Moderate Health Hazard

Coke Oven Gas Fire & Toxic Major Fire and CO

hazard

Tar Fire & Toxic Moderate Flammable

Agglomeration

(Sintering) Dusts Respiratory Moderate

Ambient air

pollution

Iron making in

Release of untreated BF

water Toxic Major

Severe pollution

of surface water

BFG handling Fire Major Fire Hazard

Hot metal & slag

handling Fire Major Fire Hazard

Steel making in

Release of untreated

BOFs wastewater Toxic Major

Severe pollution

of surface water

BOFG handling Fire Major Bio-corrosive

Hot liquid steel & slag Heat Radiation Major Fire Hazard

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

132 | P a g e

handling

Rolling Mills

Gas firing Fire Major Fire Hazard

Release of untreated

wastewater Toxic Major

Severe pollution

of surface water

Captive Power

Plant (CPP) TRT Fire Major Fire Hazard

Utilities

-Fuel gas Gas leaks Fire & Toxic Major

Fire & CO

pollution

Electric Power

supply Short Circuit Fire Major Fire hazard

Liquid Fuel Fuel handling and

storage area Fire & Toxic Major Fire Hazard

Hydraulic oil

and lubricants

Accidental discharge of

hydraulic oil under

pressure

Fire & Toxic Moderate Fire and

personal injury

From the Table, it may be observed that major on-site emergency situation may occur from

the organic coal chemicals storage and handling, fuel gas handling, molten metal and slag

handling, acids and alkali storage and handling and electrical short-circuit. The off-site

environmental disaster may arise if large-scale fire or explosion occurs, the effect of which

extends beyond the plant boundary. The off-site environmental disaster may take place due

to significant environmental degradation for a sustained period.

7.1.4.1 Hazards due to handling of molten metal

Wet material charging and failure of refractory are common cause of molten metal spillage /

splashing in induction furnace. Wet charge materials are a serious safety hazard in all

foundries. Water, moisture, or any liquid-bearing material instantaneously turns to steam

when coming in contact with molten metal — expanding to 1,600 times its original volume

and producing a violent explosion. This occurs without warning and throws molten metal and

possibly high-temperature solids out of the furnace, putting workers, the furnace itself, and

nearby plant and equipment at risk.

A water/molten metal explosion can occur in any type of furnace. For an induction furnace,

however, the may be more serious, including the possibility of additional explosions caused by

liquid in a ruptured cooling system coming in contact with molten metal in the bath. Molten

metal need not be present in the furnace for a water/molten metal explosion to occur.

Explosions also can occur if sealed drums or containers containing water are charged into an

empty but hot furnace. In this case, the force of the explosion will eject the newly charged

material and quite likely damage the refractory lining as well. Human interference are

eliminated near the Furnace during the operations.

Eliminating Wet Scrap

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

133 | P a g e

In foundries where most of the charge originates as scrap, wet charge materials pose the greatest cause for concern.

Some foundries reduce the possibility of water/molten metal explosions by storing scrap under cover for at least one day and then carefully inspecting the charge for any residual moisture. A more reliable solution being used by an increasing number of foundries today is to use remote charging systems with charge dryers or pre heaters.

Remote charging systems permit the operator to be away from the furnace or behind protective screens during charging. Dryers and pre heaters maximize the removal of water and moisture before the scrap enters the bath.

Sealed Containers

An easily overlooked danger is posed by sealed containers and sections of tubing or piping that are sheared, closing the ends. Containers holding combustible liquids or their fumes will explode long before the scrap itself melts. Pre- heating sealed materials will not prevent this hazard. Aerosol cans, oxygen cylinders, propane tanks, acetylene tanks and shock absorbers must never be used as charge material.

In fact, there is a risk that a sealed container will explode in- side the preheating systems. Operator vigilance is the only preventive measure.

Cold charges, tools, cold aluminium ―sow‖ moulds and easily fragmented materials pose a special hazard for induction furnaces and their operating personnel because they may contain a thin layer of surface or absorbed moisture. On contact with the bath, the moisture turns to steam, causing spitting or splashing.

Appropriate protective clothing and face and eye protection normally will protect the operator. Preheating the charge and tools helps prevent many splashing injuries.

In ferrous metal foundries the greatest splashing risk occurs toward the end of the melt, when a foundry worker adds ferroalloys or introduces tools into the melt. Ferro-alloy materials can absorb moisture from their surroundings. Sampling spoons and slag rakes collect moisture as a thin film of condensation. Following manufacturers‘ instructions for storing alloying materials and preheating tools minimizes moisture accumulation, reducing the risk of splashing.

Since it is impossible to wring every bit of humidity from the open air, there is always a potential for moisture condensation and splashing. Moisture condensation and absorption tend to increase with time between melts. Therefore, the greatest splashing hazards are likely to occur at the beginning of the work week or workday, or after a furnace have been taken out of service for maintenance.

Allowing more time for the initial melt during this start- up periods can help to reduce the potential for splashing hazards. During normal pours, sparks can ignite flammable clothing, causing serious injury if workers are not properly protected.

Bridging Hazard

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

134 | P a g e

It is important that care be taken when charging the furnace so that charge continues to feed into the molten pool properly. If it hangs up due to interlocking or bridging, superheating below can erode the refractory, causing molten metal to penetrate to the coil.

This results in loss of the melt and loss of the lining, and represents a very dangerous condition. Should the molten metal burn through the coil, the water in the coil can cause an explosion, causing serious injury or death.

When material charged into the top portion of the furnace is not in contact with the molten metal in the bottom of the furnace, the condition known as ―bridging‖ exists.

When bridging occurs, unmelted charge material is no longer serving to moderate the temperature of the bath during the melting cycle. Also, the air gap between the molten metal and the bridge acts as an insulator. The molten metal in the bottom of the furnace, under the impact of melting power, will superheat.

This superheating in an induction furnace will occur very rapidly and will soon raise the temperature of the bath above the maximum temperature rating of the refractory.

Also, excessive stirring in the bottom of the furnace, due to the small metal mass and high power density will combine with the high metal temperature to cause rapid lining erosion or possibly complete refractory failure.

Without immediate attention to a ―bridging‖ condition, a run-out or explosion will occur. If the run out is through the bottom of the furnace, it can cause a fire under the furnace and in the pit area with loss of hydraulics and water cooling.

If the molten metal melts through the furnace coil and water comes in contact with the molten metal, the water instantaneously turns into steam with an expansion rate of 1600 to 1.

If the water gets under the molten metal, this instantaneous expansion will produce an explosion which could cause injury or death and extensive damage to equipment.

Be sure to keep the furnace pit area clean and dry because it is designed to hold molten metal in case of an emergency.

Bridging can occur in any induction furnace and all furnace operators must be trained to be able to recognize bridging and its dangers. All operators must be trained how to solve a bridging problem.

Warning Signs of Bridging

Bridging may reveal itself with one of several warning signs. The clearest warning sign that bridging has occurred is that the melt is taking longer than expected. Rather than increase the power, the operator must switch off power and evacuate all personnel from the area immediately. Under no circumstances should the operator increase power.

If ferrous metal is being melted, the chemical reaction which it creates on contact with the furnace lining wills, under superheated conditions, produce carbon monoxide.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

135 | P a g e

This gas may reveal itself as small blue flames on or in the bridge. The appearance of these flames indicates the bridge may be pressurized, and it must not be breached. In the case of a nonferrous charge, gas production will also occur, but there are no flames or other visible indications.

In the event of a Bridge

Bridging can be minimized by using proper charge material and by making sure the different sizes of charge material are added correctly. If a bridge occurs, power must be turned off immediately. All personnel must be evacuated from the furnace area until enough time has elapsed to allow the molten metal to solidify.

Ground & Leak Detection Systems

The ground detector is a primary safety device. Never operate the unit with a faulty ground detection system. Many factors (lining condition, etc.) influence the operation and speed of operation of the ground leak detector. If a leak is suspected at any time, cease operation, clear the melt deck area of all personnel and empty the furnace.

The ground and leak detector system for use with most coreless induction furnaces and power supply units is crucial to safe melting and holding operations. The system, which includes both a ground detector module associated with the power supply and a ground leak probe, located in the furnace (except in removable crucible furnaces), is designed to provide important protection against electrical shock and warning of metal to coil penetration, a highly dangerous condition that could lead to a furnace eruption or explosion.

Ground Leak Probe Key to Protection

Key to this protection in furnaces with rammed linings or conductive crucibles is the ground leak

probe in the bottom of the furnace. This probe is composed of an electrical ground connected to

several wires extending through the refractory and in contact with the molten bath or

conductive crucible. This system serves to electrically ground the molten bath.

Both of these probe configurations are designed to provide shock protection to melt deck

workers by helping to en- sure that there is no voltage potential in the molten bath. If molten

metal were to touch the coil, the ground leak probe would conduct current from the coil to

ground.

This would be detected by the ground detector module and the power would be shut off to stop

any coil arcing. This also would prevent high voltage from being carried by the molten metal or

furnace charge.

Such high voltage could cause serious or even fatal electrical shock to the operator if he/she

were to come into conductive contact with the bath. Coil cooling sections in the top and bottom

of a steel shell furnace serve to maintain uniform refractory temperatures throughout the

furnace to maximize lining life. In steel shell furnaces, these cooling sections are electrically

isolated from the active coil, principally to insulate the active coil from ground leakage at the

top and bottom of the furnace. If a fin of metal reaches the cooling coil, the metal simply

freezes. The ground and leak detector system can sense metal penetration to the cooling

sections while maintaining AC isolation of these cooling sections from the active coil. This

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

136 | P a g e

improved arrangement is accomplished by incorporating a simple device in all new steel shell

furnaces to put low-level DC voltage on the top and bottom cooling coils. With this voltage, a

metal fin touching a cooling section will trip the ground leak detector, turning off the power to

the furnace and alerting the operator to the problem. And since the voltage on the cooling coil

is low, the fault will generate only extremely low current, upto 150 milli amperes.

Unlike systems which directly connect their cooling coil sections to the active coil to provide

ground fault detector protection, this low current poses no risk to the coil. It avoids the danger

of a large fault blowing a hole in the tubing used for cooling coils.

The coreless furnace must not be operated without a functioning ground detector and ground

leak probe. The ground leak probe may not be required in removable crucibles and some

special vacuum furnaces. As a normal safety precaution, power to the furnace must always be

turned off during slagging, sampling and temperature measuring.

7.1.5 Environmental Risk Evaluation

From environmental hazards point of view, risk analysis (RA) acts as a scrutinizing vehicle for

establishing the priority in risk management that concerns human health and environmental quality

in general. Though the proposed facilities are not manufacturing, storing or handling any potentially

hazardous/toxic chemicals as scheduled in Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous

Chemicals (MSHC) Rules, 1989 and its amendments thereof, the proposed facility would have

installations, such as, storage and handling of fuel oil.

Environmental Qualitative Risk Analysis Flow Chart Procedure is explicitly depicted on the next

page.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

137 | P a g e

As revealed in the chart in the preceding page, raw materials & consumable chemicals, and

processing of the same in various production units, along with relative risk potential analysis is

made on the following three factors using a P/I (Probability/ Impact) analysis methodology:

i) likelihood of occurrence

ii) likelihood of detection

iii) severity of consequence

Each of these factors is graded and compiled to determine the risk potential. The factors

governing the determination of relative risk potentials are presented below.

Table 7-2- Determination of risk potential

(A) (B) (C)

Likelihood of

occurrence

Likelihood of

detection

Severity of

consequence

Figure 7-1 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS FLOW SHEET

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

138 | P a g e

Criteria Rank Criteria Rank Criteria Rank

Very High 5 Very High 1 None 2

High 4 High 2 Minor 4

Moderate 3 Moderate 3 Low 6

Low 2 Low 4 Moderate 8

Very Low 1 Very Low 5 High 10

RISK POTENTIAL (RP) = (A + B) x C

Based on the above stated criteria for assessing the risk, each probable event has been evaluated

by addressing several questions on the probability of event occurrence in view of the in-built

design features, detection response, operational practice and its likely consequence.

7.1.5.1 Quantitative Risk Assessment of Fuel oil

Step 1: Identification of Hazard

Hazard identification and risk assessment involves following steps; Step 1: Identification of the

Hazard Identification is an important step in Risk Analysis. Factors such as the physical &

chemical properties of the products being handled, the arrangement of storage tanks,

operating and maintenance procedures, loading and unloading of the products. External

hazards such as interference, extreme environmental conditions, ignition temperatures etc. are

considered. A technique used to generate an incident list is to consider potential leaks and

major releases from fractures of tanks and jetty pipelines. This compilation includes all pipe

work and equipment in direct communication, as these may share a significant inventory that

cannot be isolated in an emergency.

The following data were collected to envisage scenarios:

• Product, which flow through the jetty pipelines.

• Pipeline conditions (flow rate, phase, temperature, pressure).

• Connecting piping and piping dimensions

• Storage conditions of products.

Step 2: Assessment of the Risk

The assessment of risks is based on the consequences and likelihood. Risk arising from the

hazards and consideration of its tolerability to personnel, the facility and the environment. This

involves the identification of initiating events, possible accident sequences, and likelihood of

occurrence and assessment of the consequences. The acceptability of the estimated risk must

then be judged based upon criteria appropriate to the particular situation.

The study displays its estimate as a threat zone, which is an area where a hazard (such as

toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation, or damaging overpressure) has exceeded a user

specified Level of Concern (LOC). The software (ALOHA) allows to model many release

scenarios: Toxic area of vapour cloud, Flammable area of vapour cloud, Jet fires, Vapor cloud

explosions, and pool fires. Depending on the release scenario, evaluates the type of hazard.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

139 | P a g e

A single incident (Ex. Leak or rupture of a pressurized flammable liquid tank) can have many

distinct incident outcomes (Ex. Vapour Cloud Explosion (VCE), Jet fire).

Step 3: Elimination or Reduction of the Risk

This involves identifying possibility to reduce the likelihood and/or consequence of an accident.

The measures to control and mitigate hazards and risks are simple and involve modifications to

conform to standard practice.

The general hierarchy of risk reducing measures is:

• Prevention (by distance or design)

• Detection (Ex. fire & gas, leak detection)

• Control (Ex. emergency shutdown & controlled depressurization)

• Mitigation (Ex. firefighting and passive fire protection)

• Emergency response (in case safety barriers fail)

During the hazard identification component, the following considerations are considered.

Chemical identities

• The quantity of material that could be involved in an airborne release and

• The nature of the hazard (e.g. airborne toxic vapours or mists, fire, explosion, large

quantities stored or processed handling conditions) most likely to accompany hazardous

materials spills or releases.

The National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) is responsible for 380 codes and standards that

are designed to minimize the risk and effects of fire by establishing criteria for building,

processing, design, service and installation

NFPA Classification

Health Fire

0-No Hazard 0- Will not burn

1- Can cause significant irritation 1- Must be preheated before ignition occur

2- Can cause temporary incapacitation or

residual injury

2- Must be heated or high ambient

temperature to burn

3- Can cause serious or permanent injury 3- Can be ignited under almost all ambient

4- Can be lethal 4- Will vaporize and readily burn at normal

temperature

Characteristics of chemical

Products Flash

point

(oC)

Boiling

Point

Class of

Petroleum

Max

storage

NFPA Rating

Health Instability Flammability

High

Speed

Diesel

32 to

96 - Class B 1 KL 1 0 2

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

140 | P a g e

CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: HSD

Molecular Weight: 99.00 g/mol

AEGL-1 (60 min): 730 mg/ (cu m)

AEGL-2 (60 min): 7500 mg/ (cu m)

AEGL-3 (60 min): N/A

IDLH: 1000 ppm

LEL: 100 ppm

UEL: 500 ppm

Ambient Boiling Point: 194.0° F

Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.31 atm

Ambient Saturation Concentration: 306,323 ppm or 30.6%

ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA)

Wind: 3.07 meters/second from NE at 3 meters

Ground Roughness: open country

Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air

Temperature: 31° C Stability

Class: C No Inversion Height

Relative Humidity: 60%

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

141 | P a g e

Figure 7-2 Risk contour of fuel oil

A HAZOP Study for the selected units/areas needs to be undertaken at the ‗design-freeze‘

stage, when P&I diagrams, shop layout drawings, control logic diagrams, technical

specifications etc are made ready. For these areas, ‗Fault Tree Analysis‘ of the failure of

equipment/valve component or due to human error can be carried out to assess more

realistically the risk involved and draw up final management measures. It is also suggested to

conduct HAZOP/HAZID Study for the fuel gas distribution network to incorporate last minute

corrections in the design of the system from fail-safe angle, prior to commissioning.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

142 | P a g e

7.1.5.2 Safety During Construction

Safety during construction would be an important aspect with regards to risk analysis of the

project. The safety during construction would be prescribed as follows:

i) Ensure that all employees and contract workers are well versed with the safety guidelines of the organisation and well equipped with the Personal Protective equipments (PPEs) such as safety helmets, safety shoes, goggles, hand gloves, safety jackets, earmuffs, etc.

ii) Ensure that Construction Safety Manual elaborating all the safety rules/guidelines is in place and is followed by all concerned directly or indirectly involved in construction.

iii) Ensure that Safety gears like Fall arresters, lifelines etc are used compulsorily for height work

iv) Ensure that the Operating procedures and control management system is in place and meticulously followed by all workers.

v) Ensure regular safety suit, identify and analyse hazards to reduce risk associated with the particular operation.

vi) Arrange display signs for material strictly prohibited inside any work premises like inflammable materials, firearms, weapons & ammunitions, etc.

vii) Arrange display signs for restricted area

viii) Arrange direction signs (night glowing) and speed limit signs along the construction roads.

ix) Arrange clear demarcation of passage within Construction area with proper safety arrangements,

x) Developing ‗Dos‘ &‗Don‘ts‘ during various types of works like working at heights, etc.

xi) Ensure that emergency control mechanisms like switch, valve and emergency lamp are covered with shield, water & shock resistance cover during rain etc and peddle switch for bigger rotating machinery mixer etc. There should be no temporary cable joints and open air working switch yard at enriched level.

xii) Adequate information about emergency numbers shall be displayed everywhere. There would be emergency control room, emergency controller, shift emergency controller to take proper control of any unwanted situation and have an overall control.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

143 | P a g e

Following the above measures would ensure that safety is being strictly followed during

all construction activities.

7.1.6 Safety during Operation

PPEs requirement for head to toe protection is described in the following subsection.

i) Head Protection

Purpose: To protect the head from injury due to falling or moving objects, impact on stationary objects and from impact due to falls. Requirements:

a) Safety helmets must be worn where recognized potential for the injuries described above exists.

b) Safety helmets shall not be modified or painted as this may affect the integrity of the helmet

c) In order to allow safety helmet colours to be used to differentiate personnel and visitors from other personnel and to make personnel visibility different colours should be reserved and followed

d) Helmet should be made up of FRP which should meet the standard IS: 2925 or EN 397. e) Helmets should be cleaned by dipping in hot water (140 0 F) with good detergent for 1 minute and scrub.

f) It should be periodically inspected for any scratches, wear and tear.

ii) Eye Protection

Purpose: To protect eyes from damage due to impact, penetration, burns, splashes and flying particles and ultra violet radiation.

a) Safety goggles must be worn at all times in all secure boundary areas except while inside an office, amenity, cabin or fully enclosed vehicle. If the employee has power in eyes (myopic/ hypermetropic), power industrial glasses shall be used. In absence of well suited power industrial goggles, over goggles with prescription glasses shall be used.

b) Selection of goggles must be done on the basis of type of job/ environment.

c) Different type of goggles should be used for chemical splashes, dusty environment, heat prone areas, for oven inspection or while looking at the red molten metals.

d) Safety Goggles should be made up of polycarbonate material & meet the Standard ANSI Z87.1 2003 or EN166.

e) For cleaning Polycarbonate glasses, they should be washed with water and then wiped off to avoid scratches.

iii) Hearing Protection

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

144 | P a g e

Purpose: To conserve the hearing of personnel by use of hearing protection appropriate for reducing the received sound energy levels of noisy equipment and processes to acceptable levels.

Requirement:

a) Specified hearing protection i.e. ear plug or ear muff shall be worn if the noise level is above 85 decibel. All areas requiring the wearing of hearing protection shall be clearly sign posted.

b) Ear muff & Ear plug should meet the Standard EN 352.

c) Disposable ear plugs should be discarded after every use or as it gets dirty.

iv) Hand Protection

Purpose: To protect the hand from injuries such as cuts, grazes, burns, ingress of chemicals & electric shock.

Requirements:

a) The personnel should wear hand gloves as per the hazard other than general purpose cotton hand gloves or knitted hand gloves while performing their job/ task as mentioned in the SOP.

b) Hand Gloves should meet the standard EN 420 for general requirement, EN 388 for mechanical hazard, EN 407 for molten metal splashes and heat applications.

c) Selection of hand gloves should be done on basis of application.

d) Before use, they should be checked for punctures, tears or other defects and discarded if found not OK. Chemical-use gloves should be tested for leaks periodically by inflation with air and immersion in water. Do not use this test for polyvinyl alcohol gloves as they are water soluble.

e) Disposable gloves should not be reused. Contaminated gloves must be disposed in an appropriate manner and should not be placed in the regular trash. Always store gloves in a clean, accessible area. Never store contaminated gloves – dispose of them in the appropriate manner.

v) Foot Protection

Purpose: To protect the feet from risks ranging from crush and impact injuries to slips, cuts, penetration wounds, electric shock and splashes with liquids and molten metal.

Requirements:

a) Personnel working inside the plant must wear ISO /EN approved safety footwear, in good condition.

b) To ensure footwear quality, personnel are required to wear prescribed company issued safety footwear, in good condition, while working in the plant.

c) The personnel should worn Heat resistance boot if the surface temperature is more than 100 Degree Celsius in their work place.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

145 | P a g e

d) The personnel should wear PVC Gum boot if they have to perform their job in muck/ mud or leg can dip into above the ankle.

e) Safety shoes meet the standard ISO 20345.

vi) Respiratory Protection

Purpose: To protect all employees (of the company as well as of the contractors) against respiratory hazards through the use of respiratory protective equipment.

Requirements:

a) The primary control of contaminated air shall be maintained through engineering methods by confining processes, providing exhausts, or providing substitution of less toxic materials. Where engineering remedies are not feasible or are not available, or while they are being evaluated or implemented, and when the atmospheric exposure to a toxic material may exceed the recommended ceiling or time-weighted average limit for a given pollutant, respiratory protection will be required to protect the health of employees.

b) Suitable respirator will be provided to the employee by the department in consultation with Safety expert and manufacturer (if required).

c) While selecting a respirator for a particular job environment following factors to be considered

Severity of hazard

Expected activity of the wearer

Degree of protection required

Ease and comfort with which it can be worn

People using the equipment should understand its operation and necessity of use.

vii) Body Protection

Purpose: To protect the body from injuries such as cuts, grazes, burns and the effects of exposure to heat, cold and ultra violet radiation & collision from moving machines.

Requirements:

a) Persons working in the plant are required to wear right industrial clothing in good condition. Clothing must fully cover the legs and arms. If specified in Departmental Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), it may be acceptable to wear short sleeved shirts in specific plant areas or for specific tasks.

b) Specific PPE should be used if person is exposed to hazard of molten metal splashes, electric flash, high heat, radiation, chemical splash complying with relevant EN/ ANSI standards. Clauses like E for molten spatter protection in EN 11612 shall be applicable.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

146 | P a g e

c) Chemical protective clothing should be used when there may be exposure to chemicals presenting a skin contact hazard, for example, when transferring chemicals from one container to another, when opening or entering systems such as pipelines, reactors, filters, or storage tanks, or when connecting or disconnecting cargo tanks.

e) High visibility jacket complying to EN 471 or equivalent should be used to make personnel more visible to avoid collision from heavy vehicles and moving equipment Machines. f) Rail crew jackets should be worn for people working on or near rail tracks. g) Double Lanyard Full Body Harness to be used while working at height.

7.1.7 Risk Management Measures

The risk management measures for the proposed project activities require adoption of best

safety practice at respective construction zones within the Works boundary. In addition, the

design and engineering of the proposed facilities would take into consideration proposed

protection measures for air and water environment as outlined in earlier Chapter.

7.1.7.1 Electrical Safety

Adequately rated quick-response circuit breakers, aided by reliable, selective

digital/microprocessor-based electro-magnetic protective relays would be incorporated in the

electrical system design for the proposed Project. The metering instruments would be of

proper accuracy class and scale dimensions. Appropriate use of ELCBs shall be ensured for

all construction related low voltage work.

7.1.7.2 Fire Prevention

In addition to the yard fire hydrant system, each individual shop would be provided with fire

and smoke detection alarm system. Fire detection system would be interlocked with

automated water sprinklers.

The use, storage and handling of hazardous materials in unit require special care for its

receipt to end use by storages, transfer of hazardous materials at premises. The hazardous

materials storages, handling, use and produce require understanding the hazard

characteristics, storage property, handling precautions, preventive measures during the

handling.

Safety Measures

Details of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures:

Thermal Suits

Flame proof electrical motors, pump and switches are provided.

Separate storage of flammable materials with proper labelling and marking with authorized entry.

No Smoking - board

Safe Operating Procedure for each operation

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

147 | P a g e

Train and qualified manpower for hazardous materials handling with knowledge of hazards and precautions

Water Shower off-Production area

Flameproof fittings at solvent usage area.

Use of proper PPEs for relevant activity.

Availability of First-Aid box with required contents

Premedical and periodical medical examination of worker

Inspection and checking of fire extinguishers, cranes, pressure vessels, hoist, chain pulley, etc. at periodic intervals.

Maintain proper housekeeping

CO Detection and Prevention

Carbon Monoxide (CO), a potential toxic gas, is produced due to incomplete combustion of carbonaceous fuel. Exposure to CO, due to leakage and other accidental causes, is associated with headache, dizziness, fatigue, and even death at elevated concentration. Hence, it is important to install carbon monoxide detector/alarm in BF areas and pipelines to detect the presence of carbon monoxide (CO) and sounds an alarm to alert personnel in case there is CO leakage. This would immediately stir probe and management of the scenario. Proper maintenance of the detector system is crucial.

7.2 On-Site Emergency Plan

Emergency planning is an integral part of the environment and safety management of an

organisation. Emergency may arise due to manmade reasons resulting in heavy leakage,

fire, explosion, failure of critical control system, design deficiency, unsafe acts, etc, and

natural causes like earthquake, flood, cyclone, excessive rain, etc. It is crucial for effective

management of an accident to minimize the losses to the people and property, both in and

around the facility, termed as on-site and off-site emergency plan.

The vital aspect in emergency management is to prevent accidents and losses by technical

and organizational measures. Emergency planning demonstrates the organizational

commitment to the safety of employees and adds to the organization‘s safety awareness.

The objective of the on-site emergency plan is to make maximum use of the combined

resources of the factory and the outside services to:

i) Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

ii) Minimize damage to property and environment

iii) Effective rescue and treatment of casualties

iv) Safeguard personnel in the premises (Provision of safe assembly points and

escape route)

v) Provide information to relatives

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

148 | P a g e

vi) Identify any casualty

vii) Provide authoritative information to news/media

viii) Secure safe rehabilitation of affected areas

ix) Preserve relevant records and equipment for

subsequent inquiry into the cause and circumstances of emergency

The on-site emergency plan relates to a laid-down procedure after taking care of all

precautionary measures at the time of design-freezing and plant trial testing. The Operations

General Manager would have the responsibility to implement this procedure manual.

Implementation involves the following:

i) The Environment Management Division (EMD) would have separate group

manned by only those persons, who are capable of keeping themselves

unperturbed and cool during emergency. They would be fast in taking decision

and implementation of the same.

ii) The command area, duties and responsibilities to the assigned person would

be defined as-

iii) These key personnel of unit would work as ‗Works Incident Controller‘ for

respective areas and one man as ‗Works Main Controller‘.

iv) These key personnel would be trained with various simulated cases, if

necessary, and how the problems need to be tackled.

v) Unit would be equipped with communication and public alarm system.

vi) Assessment of the size and nature of the events foreseen, its probability of

occurrence and if happens, the advanced action plan.

vii) Liaison with the outside local authorities including the

emergency services.

viii) Rehearsing emergency procedures.

Accident Statistics

The section of EMD dealing with Emergency would record the events of both minor and major accidents, listing all the details such as place, date &time, duration, probable cause, extent of damage, personnel affected, man-hours lost, medical assistance provided etc so as to analyse these data for drawing up necessary corrective measures.

Safety Inspections

Monthly safety inspection of all departments would be carried out by Health & Safety Department. Additionally, half-yearly Safety Audit is performed including all aspects of Occupational Health &Safety for all the areas

Off-Site Emergency Planning

The off-site emergency plan is also an integral part of any major hazard control system. This particular plan relates to only those accidental events, which could affect people and the environment outside the plant boundary. Incidents, which would have very

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

149 | P a g e

severe consequences, yet have a small probability of occurrence would be in this category

The implementing authority of the off-site plan is the local authority and not the plant authority. But unit would have a written document on how to ask for off-site plan implementation in case the consequence of any event escalates to such an extent that it goes beyond the plant authority‘s jurisdiction. Probability of such occurrence is though remote, but still there remains a probability.

The M/s. Sunrise Multisteel Pvt. Ltd. would therefore have laid down procedure covering the following:

Identification of local authorities like civil defence, police, district collectors, their names, addresses and communication links.

Details of availability and location of heavy duty equipment like bull dozers, fire-fighting equipment etc.

Details of specialist agencies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call.

Details of voluntary organization.

Meteorological information.

Humanitarian arrangements like transport, evacuation centres, first aid, ambulance, community kitchen etc.

Public information through media, informing relatives, public address system etc.

Testing of Emergency Planning

The plant authority would test from time to time the efficacy of off-site emergency plan in conjunction with on-site emergency plan. One essential component of this mock drill is to see that whether procedures related to communication, mobilisation of equipment and overall co-ordination to face the crisis is in order or not.

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP)

A disaster is a catastrophic event that causes serious injuries, loss of life &extensive damage to

Plant & property. It is a situation which goes beyond the control of the available resource of any

authority or organization. A number of factors could trigger accidents leading to a disaster, some

of which are as follows: (a) Process and safety system failures - Technical errors - Human

errors (b) Natural Calamities: earthquake, Tsunami etc.

The DMP is formulated with an aim of taking precautionary measures to control the hazard

propagation and to take such action that the damage following a disaster is the minimum.

The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the plant and the outside

services to achieve the following:

i) Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualties

ii) Safeguard other people

iii) Minimize damage to property and the environment

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

150 | P a g e

iv) Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

v) Identify any dead

vi) Provide for the needs of relatives

vii) Provide authoritative information to the news media

viii) Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area

ix) Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the

cause and circumstances of the emergency.

In effect, DMP helps to optimize operational efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and render

medical help and to restore normalcy

The following hazards for disaster management have been considered:

i) Fire

ii) Explosion &Toxic release

iii) Oil spillage/liquid metal spillage

iv) Electrocution

v) Accident

These hazards and the events that can lead to these hazards have already been discussed in

the preceding sections.

Few elementary disaster management measures to prevent disaster due to the above

mentioned hazards are as follows:

i) Design, manufacture, operation and maintenance of all plant

machineries/structures as per applicable national and international standards

as laid down by statutory authority.

ii) Intelligent formulation of layout to provide ‗Assembly Point‘ and safe access

way for personnel in case of a hazardous event/disaster, as can be inferred

from Risk & Consequence modelling.

iii) Proper emergency (both on site & off-site) preparedness plan, emergency

response team, emergency communication, emergency responsibilities,

emergency facilities, and emergency actions shall be developed.

iv) Proper Alarm system and training the personnel for appropriate response

during disastrous situation.

v) Complete fire protection coverage for the entire plant as per regulatory

stipulations.

vi) Creation and maintenance of Disaster Management cell with adequately

trained personnel who can handle all sorts of emergency situation.

i) Provision of funds for prevention of disaster, mitigation, capacity-

building and preparedness.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

151 | P a g e

It would be advisable to carry out a detail DMP at the design stage itself to frame a proper

scheme for disaster management. However, this would be subjected to subsequent

improvements as and when required for safe and efficient operation of the plan.

8 CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

152 | P a g e

Table of Contents 8 CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................... 1

8 Chapter 8 Project Benefits ............................................................................................ 153

8.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 153

8.2 Employment Potential ............................................................................................ 153

8.3 Improvement in Physical & Social Infrastructure ................................................. 153

8.4 Other Tangible Benefits .......................................................................................... 153

8.5 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) ...................................................... 154

List of Tables Table 8-1 CER Budget ........................................................................................................... 154

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

153 | P a g e

8 Chapter 8 Project Benefits

8.1 Introduction

Project benefits focus on those points which become beneficial to the surrounding area or

community in terms of infrastructural development, Social development, employment and other

tangible benefits due to project. Proposed expansion project has a potential for employment of

skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operational

phase.

8.2 Employment Potential

Total 170 persons will be employed, potential for skilled & unskilled, for the operation and

maintenance in efficient way. First Preference will be given to the local people from nearby

villages according to the skill as well as requirement which will increase employment opportunity

in the surrounding area. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be

generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity.

The employed people are benefited financially as this financial growth fulfills their economic

requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.

8.3 Improvement in Physical & Social Infrastructure

Following will be other improvements in the physical infrastructure:

Adoption of new technology.

Awareness in local educated people for new technology.

Improvement in local amenities facilities.

Improvement in road link facilities as transportation through truck and other vehicles will

increased due to proposed project.

Improvement in local civilization.

Increase income of local population

Increase requirement of man power

Due to proposed project activity, social infrastructure will be improved by means of

civilization, vocational training and basic amenities.

Civilization: Due to the project, employment and other infrastructural facilities will boost up

income of surrounding people and improve quality of life. This will indirectly boost up the

civilization of the surrounding people.

Basic Amenities: Better education facilities, proper healthcare, road infrastructure and

drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for better living standard of any human

being which will further increase the above amenities directly/indirectly either by providing

or by improving the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of

local communities.

8.4 Other Tangible Benefits

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

154 | P a g e

Employment & trade opportunities will be generated with the starting of the proposed expansion

activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in

appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. Proposed

expansion project will also contribute revenue to the State exchequer in the form of GST –goods

& services tax which includes excise duty, income tax, state sales tax or VAT, tax for interstate

movement, etc. Direct GST contribution to the State exchequer will be there due to Income by

way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes

from associated units. Thus, the proposed expansion project will help the Government by

paying GST from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the

area.

The CSR activities by the company can be considerably beneficial for the health, education,

upliftment of poor people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people etc.

These all together with the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in further

benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on health facilities.

8.5 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

Industry will provide 1 % of the proposed expansion project cost (i.e. 34.5 Lakh) towards the

Corporate Environment Responsibility. Socio-economic development activities will be planned

based on the necessity in villages.

Table 8-1CER Budget

Type of Activities

Total amount to be spent (Lakhs.)

1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year Total amount

10 nos. of Desktop will be providing in the

Primary School of Garida, Samdhiala,

Kanpar, Village.

3 3 3 9

5 nos. of Water cooler with RO will be

providing in the School of Garida,

Samdhiala, Kanpar, Village.

1.54 1 1 3.54

Provisions of fully equipped ambulance

and equipments like, stretcher, wheelchair,

blood testing kit, BP monitoring machine at

primary health center at Garida,

Samdhiala, Kanpar, Village.

10 6 6 22

Total 14.54 10 10 34.54

1 CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

155 | P a g e

Table of Contents 9 Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis ................................................................. 156

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis .................................................................................. 156

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

156 | P a g e

9 Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is

applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping stage. However, as per the TOR points

issued by SEIAA, Gujarat vide File No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/3(a)/183/2021 dated 03/03/2021, the

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and hence it has not been prepared.

10 CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

PLAN

157 | P a g e

Table of Contents

Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan ............................................... 158

10.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 158

10.2 Objective of Environmental Management Plan ...................................... 159

10.2.1 Components of EMP.............................................................................. 159

10.3 Environmental Management Systems (EMS) ......................................... 159

10.4 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) ................................................ 159

10.5 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) ................................................. 160

10.5.1 Environmental Management Plan of Proposed Project ..................... 161

10.5.2 Environment management during operational phase for proposed . 162

10.6 Greenbelt Development Plan ................................................................... 164

10.7 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme ............................................................... 164

10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan .................................................. 165

10.8.1 Induction Foundry Safety Fundamentals ............................................ 166

Safety Recommendations for Supervisors & Managers .................................. 166

10.9 Fire & Safety Management Plan............................................................... 167

10.10 Cleaner Production Technologies ........................................................... 168

10.11 Budget for Environment Protection Measures ....................................... 168

List of Tables Table 10-1EMP for construction phase ................................................................... 161 Table 10-2 EMP for Operational phase .................................................................... 162

Table 10-3 Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt ................................................... 164 Table 10-4 Details of Rain Water Harvesting .......................................................... 165

Table 10-5 Budgetary allocation towards Environmental Management for proposed project ....................................................................................................... 168

List of Figures Figure10-1 Environmental Management Cell .......................................................... 161

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

158 | P a g e

10 Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan

10.1 Introduction

To formulate and monitor Environmental Protection measures during and after commissioning

of project, preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required. The development

of sound Environment Management Plan is important to mitigate any adverse impacts of the

proposed expansion project. The plan should indicate the details as to how various measures

have been or are being proposed to be taken including cost components as may be required.

Cost of measures for environmental safeguards should be treated as an integral component of

the project cost and environmental aspects should be taken in to account at various stages of

the project.

Conceptualization: Preliminary Environmental Assessment.

Planning: Detailed studies of Environmental Impacts and design of safe

Guards

Execution: Implementation of Environmental safety measures

Operation: Monitoring of effectiveness of built in safe guards

The maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without

affecting the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to natural

physico-chemical and biological processes is the Assimilative capacity of the study area. The

main objective of Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial development

in an identified particular study area needs to be entangled with judicious utilization of non-

renewable resources and to ensure that the stress/load on the ecosystem is within its

permissible assimilative capacity i.e. its carrying capacity.

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in

the area of the proposed expansion plant. Hence, it needs to be an all encompass plan for

which the proposed industry, Government, Regulating agencies like Pollution Control Board

working in the region and more importantly the affected population of the study area need to

extend their co-operation and contribution. The identification and quantification of impacts based

on scientific and mathematical modelling.

The Environmental Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to

the possible extent with the best available technology followed by treatment measures before

they are discharged. The recycling and re-use of industrial waste not only reduces the waste

generated but can be an economic gain to the industry.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

159 | P a g e

10.2 Objective of Environmental Management Plan

The objective of the Environmental Management Plan is summarized as under:

To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse impacts.

To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and hazardous waste with adoption

of adequate and efficient technology.

To comply with all the norms and standards stipulated by Gujarat Pollution Control

Board/Central Pollution Control Board.

To create good working conditions.

To reduce any risk hazards and design the disaster management plan.

Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better

environment.

10.2.1 Components of EMP

EMP for the proposed expansion project covers following aspects:

Description of mitigation measures which are proposed for project operation phase only.

Description of monitoring program.

Institutional arrangements.

Implementation schedule and reporting procedures.

All above aspects and objectives are kept in the view and considering the same EMP is

prepared for two major fields.

10.3 Environmental Management Systems (EMS)

Unit is well aware of environmental requirements for planning and implementation of the project

and Unit has set up a department with trained personnel headed under the qualified EHS

officer. As indicated in the impact and mitigation chapter of this report, the environmental impact

after proposed activity is very marginal release of pollutants due to the same.

10.4 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS)

Unit has make environmental management a part of overall Environment, Health and Safety

(EHS) Management system. This model EHS system suggests and addresses EMS issues

such as:

Management system expectation

Management leadership, responsibilities and accountability

Risk assessment and management

Compliance and other requirements

Personnel, training and contractor services

Documentation and communications

Facilities design and construction

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

160 | P a g e

Operation, maintenance and management

Community awareness and emergency response

EHS performance monitoring and measurement

Incident investigation reporting and analysis

EHS management system audit

Management review and audit

10.5 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

For effective implementation of the monitoring program, Unit has a permanent organizational

set-up as it is proposed expansion unit. Thus, unit has set-up permanent Environmental

Management Cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental

management system as given below.

EMC is regularly monitoring all project activities to ensure the appropriate implementation of all

environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan

compliance is not satisfied. Responsibilities have been assigned to officer from various

disciplines to perform and co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and

implementation of environmental control measures. Partners of the company will be responsible

for overall environmental management. EHS officer will inform all the matter regarding

environmental management including reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental

norms.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

161 | P a g e

Figure10-1 Environmental Management Cell

10.5.1 Environmental Management Plan of Proposed Project

Table 10-1EMP for construction phase

Description Source

Type of Pollutant/

Pollution

Potential

Control Measures

Various

Environmental

Parameters

such as

air, water,

noise, land/soil,

flora, fauna,

socio

economic,

Occupational

There will not be any

major construction

activities carried out for

proposed expansion

project. There will be

only construction

activities related to

installation of

machineries for the

proposed expansion

Particulate matter,

Fugitive

Emissions,

Domestic

Wastewater,

Noise,

Municipal waste,

hazardous waste

etc.

Regular sprinkling of the water

will be recommended during

the construction phase.

Tarpaulin sheet will be used to

cover the materials during

transportation.

Preventive maintenance of

machinery and transportation

vehicles should be carried out

regularly.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

162 | P a g e

health & safety project. Regular use of PPE Kits like

nose masks, gum-boots &

hand gloves while working.

Adequate space will be

provided for construction of

temporary sheds for

construction workers mobilized

by the contractors. Unit will

also supply potable water for

the construction workers.

10.5.2 Environment management during operational phase for proposed

The EMP for the proposed expansion project during its operational phase has been prepared for

the various environmental attributes like Air, Water, Land, Noise, Ecology, Socio-Economic etc

Table 10-2 EMP for Operational phase

Description Source Type of

Pollutant/Pollution potential

Control Measures

Air Environment

Stack attached to Induction

furnace, Reheating

Furnace for billets

and D.G. Set (Stand By)

SPM, SO2 and NOx

Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary & secondary suction hood will be provided to the stack attached to induction furnace and AOD unit.

Diesel will be used as fuel for D.G. Set.

Multi Cyclone Dust collector followed by water Scrubber has been provided for reheating furnace for billets.

Water Environment

Domestic wastewater

Low Pollution Potential

The domestic wastewater generated will be treated in unit’s own STP.

Industrial wastewater

Low Pollution Potential

Industrial wastewater will be generated from Cooling and RO reject shall be reused in sprinkling of hot iron slag.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

163 | P a g e

Solid Waste Management

Slag Low Pollution

Potential

Slag will be sale to registered actual end users after maximum possible re-melting.

Hazardous Waste

Management

Manufacturing Activity &

equipments

Used oil, Discarded Containers /

Barrels /Liners contaminate with

Hazardous Waste/Chemical

Used Oil will be reused in the factory premises as a lubricant.

Discarded Plastic Bags/Drums will be returned to Supplier.

Hazardous waste storage area is adequate for storing additional waste generated due to proposed project activities.

Noise Environment

Plant Equipments and

various Machinery

Low Pollution Potential

In proposed unit all Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or protective measures will be provided, if required necessary arrangement will be made after proposed (wherever noise level is more than the prescribed norms).

Same as proposed practices employees will be provided with ear protection measures like earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug will be provided to all workers where exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

The transportation contractor will be informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of the vehicles inside the premises.

Regular oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

Unit will develop the greenbelt area, within industrial premises and

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

164 | P a g e

around the periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.

10.6 Greenbelt Development Plan

The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and the

surrounding areas. The green belt helps to halt soil erosion, make the eco-system more

sustainable, make the climate more conductive and restore water balance. The green belt helps

to capture the fugitive emissions and to attenuate the noise generated in the plant apart from

improving the aesthetics of the plant site.

Unit will develop the greenbelt area, which will be upgraded greenbelt within industrial premises

and around the periphery.

Out of total plant area 43503 m2, the 14501 m2 (33%) area will be developed into greenbelt

areas. Considering the environmental status of project area four main parameters like salinity,

draught, fire resistance, species with faster growth rate and ever green nature have been

considered while selecting the species.

Facts considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:

Agro climatic zone (dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area

Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also.

Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities.

Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and noise control.

Details of the selected plant species for greenbelt area up gradation are given in the Table.

Table 10-3 Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt

Common Name of Trees Scientific Name Number of Species

Neem Azadirachta Indica 100

Gulmohar Delonix Regia 100

Lanceleaf Buttonwood Conocarpus 1500

Mango Mangifera Indica 175

Garmalo Cassia Fistula 200

Shirish AlbizioLebbeck 100

Total species 2175

10.7 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme

The dependable rainfall of the project area is 509 mm. Calculation of rain water to be harvested

based on yearly rainfall and runoff is given in Table 10.5.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

165 | P a g e

Table 10-4 Details of Rain Water Harvesting

Estimation of Quantum of runoff available through Rain water harvesting (within premises)

Sr. No.

Particulars Area (m2) Rain fall (m) Runoff

Coefficient

Quantum of Run off

available (Cum/Year)

1

Roof Top of building/Shed

10490 0.50 0.85 4458.3

3 tanks of capacity 60 KL will be constructed to store rainwater and reuse for various

domestic and gardening purpose.

10.8 Occupational Health Management Plan

Industry will adopt all precautionary methods to reduce the risk of exposure of hazards to

employees

Pre-employment and periodical medical examinations will be carried out to assess the

health status of the workers and medical records for the same will be maintained for

each employee.

A qualified doctor will be appointed on casual basis and required medicines, antidotes and

first-aid box will be procured under the guidance of appointed doctor as per guidelines of

Factory Act.

Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPEs) like helmet, goggles, hand gloves, safety shoes,

nose masks and ear protecting devices like ear plugs/ear muffs will be provided to all the

workers.

Adequate numbers of firefighting equipment and extinguishers will be installed as per

requirement of the fire risk in the proposed plant.

Proper training will be imparted to employees for use of safety appliances & first aid.

All workers will be trained on respective Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) so as to

enable them to prevent any possible mishap.

All loading/unloading will be carried out under technical guidance as per the Standard

Operating Procedure (SOP) generated for the particular raw material/product.

All pollution control equipment are periodically checked and maintained.

The work place area monitoring will be carried out for Particulate Matters (PM), VOCs &

Noise on regular basis.

Good housekeeping, proper and adequate ventilation and lighting will be arranged for better

workplace area as per guidelines of Factory Act.

Water purification and water cooler will be provided for safe drinking water.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

166 | P a g e

10.8.1 Induction Foundry Safety Fundamentals

Working with molten metal always has been, and always will be, a dangerous occupation. An

induction furnace is a place where three ingredients that are not otherwise brought together –

water, molten metal and electric current – are in close proximity to each other.

The quality of the components that make up an induction furnace system and the care that goes

into its assembly and maintenance are the foundry worker’s first line of defense against

accidents.

While it is impossible to remove the risk from melting metal, it is possible to make the melt shop

an accident-free workplace. It requires management to make safety a key corporate value, then

to communicate that to the foundry workers both by selecting the safest available equipment

and by expending every possible effort to assure that workers are instructed in its proper use. The only way to assure that no one is ever injured in the melt shop is to keep all personnel

away from molten metal, furnaces and holding and pouring equipment.

While this may seem like a farfetched solution, leading furnace manufacturers have actually

made considerable progress in designing remote furnace charging, operating and pouring

systems. Until these technologies are in common use, there are several steps foundry

supervisors can take to minimize worker contact with high risk areas.

Furnace manufacturers and other foundry equipment suppliers are continually attempting to

make the melt shop the safest possible work environment. That’s why virtually all induction

melting systems today include safety features such as ground leak detectors and backup cooling

systems.

Selecting the proper furnace, power supply or preheating and charging system is, of course, a

complex technical task. Frontline supervisors who become involved in equipment selection,

however, are in a good position to also evaluate a system’s safety features, safety certifications,

overall quality and operational efficiencies.

To avoid any occupational health hazards workers involved for handling of hazardous Materials

are trained for proper handling of materials as per standard operating procedure with safety

measures and aware about characteristics of hazardous materials with display of do’s and

don’ts at handling area, as well as provided required PPES and not allow to work without PPEs.

Periodic training and awareness regarding handling of Hazardous materials and induction

training for new workers. Periodic medical examination carried out at frequency of 6 months

for any occupational diseases through registered hygienist and records shall be kept in form 33

& 34.

Safety Recommendations for Supervisors & Managers

Supervisors need to be especially aware of electrical safety. Increased use of induction furnace

technology has made it necessary for a growing number of maintenance and repair workers to

come into close proximity to high current conductors.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

167 | P a g e

Many maintenance technicians, particularly those who work with low-voltage devices, such as

control systems, do not fully appreciate the risk posed by the high levels of voltage and current

used in induction melting.

It is imperative these individuals be impressed with the fact that shortcuts, such as overriding

safety interlocks during troubleshooting, are absolutely unacceptable when working with even

the smallest induction furnaces and power supplies.

Only trained and qualified personnel are to have access to high-risk areas. A safety lockout

system is another effective measure to prevent electrical shock.

The following procedures can help minimize the risk of electrical accidents while servicing

induction furnace coils, power supplies and conductors:

Post warning notices for all systems operating at high voltages as required by OSHA and

local codes.

Allow only trained and qualified personnel to perform maintenance or repair. Disconnect

and lockout/ tag-out the power supply during maintenance.

Forbid entry into any enclosures until the main circuit interrupter is locked in the OFF

position and circuit interrupter poles are confirmed to be open.

Wait 5 minutes after opening a circuit interrupter before opening cabinet doors. This

allows capacitors time to discharge.

Test all bus bars for residual voltage before touching.

If the power supply energizes more than one furnace, leads to the furnace undergoing

maintenance or repair must be disconnected from the power supply and the furnace

induction coil grounded

10.9 Fire & Safety Management Plan

Currently the company has provided sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrant systems for

protection of the plant building against fire due to electrical spark and short circuit. After

proposed the same will be upgraded in which automatic type fire extinguishing system will be

provided to protect the control and computer room areas from fire hazards.

Qualified and trained officers are managing the environment and safety department in the plant

and all persons in operation and maintenance of the plant have been given basic firefighting

training and after proposed the same will be maintained.

To avoid short-circuiting an earthing system will be designed and installed for a ground fault

short circuit. Grid resistance will be decided based on soil resistively and allowance for

corrosion. Electrical equipment will be flame proof. To avoid road accident due to spillage of

fuels and blockages of road, proper parking and road safety signs both inside and outside the

plant will be displayed. DCP, fire hydrant line, Foam, ABC & CO2 will be provided as fire fighting

instruments.

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

168 | P a g e

Good housekeeping, proper and adequate ventilation and lighting has been arranged for better

workplace area as per guidelines of Factory Act.

10.10 Cleaner Production Technologies

Unit will be adopted following cleaner production techniques:

Measured quantities of raw materials to minimize waste.

Automated and enclosed filling system is used to minimize spillage.

Regular preventive maintenance for avoiding leakage, spillage etc. Is being carried out. After

proposed unit will upgrade cleaner production techniques for water conservation, hazardous

waste minimization, good housekeeping practices, maximum reuse/recycle, energy saving

etc. wherever possible;

Carrying out energy audit at regular time interval.

Installation and efficient use of rain water harvesting system.

Reusing treated industrial effluent in industrial activities.

Reusing spent/waste oil for lubrication in machineries and equipments within the premises.

Adopting good housekeeping practices by maintaining cleanliness in premises and providing

regular training and giving instructions for the same.

10.11 Budget for Environment Protection Measures

Unit will regularly and efficiently operate environmental management systems and keep

provision for fund for meeting expenses for the same. The budgetary allocation towards

Environmental Management for the proposed project is presented in the Table.

Table 10-5 Budgetary allocation towards Environmental Management for proposed

project

Sr. No.

Pollution Control

Measures

Capital Cost Rs.

(Cr)

Recurring Cost

per annum Rs. (Cr)

Basis for cost estimates

1

Air Pollution Control

0.80 0.1

Capital cost would include air pollution control devices and the recurring cost would include operation and maintenance of pollution control devices and stack emission monitoring.

2 Water Pollution

Control

0.30 0.06

Capital cost would include cost of STP. and recurring cost would include maintenance charges, manpower salary etc.

3 Noise Pollution

Control 0.05 0.01

Capital cost would include providing adequate sound enclosures and

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

169 | P a g e

recurring cost would include monitoring of noise level.

4

Solid and hazardous

waste management

0.07 0.06

Capital cost would include expense for providing storage area for hazardous waste and recurring cost would be for solid/ hazardous waste packing & return to supplier.

5 Green Belt 0.1 0.022

Capital cost would include cost of plant species and labor cost, soil filling, soil dressing and recurring cost would include cost of maintenance of that green belt including cost of required water for plant growth.

6 Environment

monitoring and management

0.1 0.05

The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.

7. Occupational health safety & Fire fighting

0.40 0.15

Construction of OHC, regular medical checkup, provision of PPE’s, adoption of automated material handling system, installation of fire hydrant line and firefighting equipments

Total 1.82 0.452

Capital cost = Rs.1.82 Cr

Recurring cost = Rs. 0.452 Cr

1 CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

170 | P a g e

Table of Contents Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion .................................................................................... 171

11.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 171

11.2 Product and Capacity ............................................................................................. 171

11.3 Description of the Environment ............................................................................. 171

11.3.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................... 171

11.3.2 Water Environment .......................................................................................... 172

11.3.3 Noise Environment .......................................................................................... 172

11.3.4 Land Environment ........................................................................................... 172

11.3.5 Water Requirement, Waste Water Generation and Treatment ...................... 173

11.3.6 Air Pollution Source and Control Management ............................................. 173

11.3.7 Hazardous Waste ............................................................................................. 174

11.3.8 Green Belt ........................................................................................................ 174

11.3.9 Power Requirements & Fuel requirement ...................................................... 174

11.3.10 Capital and recurring cost earmarked for environmental protection

measures ......................................................................................................................... 174

11.4 Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................... 175

11.5 Conclusion .............................................................................................................. 176

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

171 | P a g e

11 Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion

11.1 Introduction

M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited is located at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 &

70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621, Gujarat, India. The proposed project is

about the expansion in Iron & Steel billet and Round Bars with production capacity from 26,400 to

1,44,000 T/Year of Iron & Steel Billet and 1,36,800 T/Y of Round Bars.

The stated project will be carried out within the premises. Thus, this is a brown field project

where unit intends to manufacture products covered under Category 3(a)-B as per EIA

Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF & CC), dated.14-Sep-06.

11.2 Product and Capacity

Sr.

no.

Name of the

Products

Quantity (T/Annum)

Existing Proposed Total

1 Iron and Steel

Billets 26,400 1,17,600 1,44,000

2 Round Bars:

Re-Rolling 00 1,36,800 1,36,800

Total 26,400 2,54,400 2,80,800

11.3 Description of the Environment

11.3.1 Air Environment

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc. The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As) and Nickel (Ni) were monitored at site and nearby villages for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment. The maximum & minimum concentrations of important parameters recorded in study area are

given in the table below:

Sr. No. Criteria

Pollutants Unit

Maximum Value

Minimum Value

Prescribed Value

1 PM10 g/m3 83.2 54 100

2 PM2.5 g/m3 27.5 16.2 60

3 SO2 g/m3 7.6 4.6 80

4 NOx g/m3 12.1 7.4 80

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

172 | P a g e

11.3.2 Water Environment Baseline Ground Water Quality

Sr. No.

Criteria Pollutants

Unit

Maximum Value

Minimum Value

Desirable Limit

Maximum Permissible

Limit

1 pH - 7.8 6.8 6.5-8.5 No

Relaxation

2 Total Hardness mg/l

468 286 200 600

3 Total Dissolved

Solids mg/l

785 575 500 2000

4 Chlorides mg/l

168 142 250 1000

Baseline Surface Water Quality

Sr. No.

Criteria Pollutants

Unit

Maximum Value

Minimum Value

1 pH - 7.4 6.8

2 TDS mg/l

375 255

3 COD mg/l

34 24

4 BOD mg/l

15 10

5 TSS mg/l

20 12

11.3.3 Noise Environment

The objective of the noise pollution survey around the project site was to identify

existing noise sources and to measure background noise levels. The study was carried

out in the following steps:

Reconnaissance

Identification of noise sources and measurement of noise levels

Measurement of noise levels due to transportation

Community noise levels

11.3.4 Land Environment

The soil pollution is generally due to wastewater and solid waste. There will be no industrial

wastewater discharge as treated effluent used in Sprinkling of Hot Iron Slag. Solid waste

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

173 | P a g e

generation will be very less during operation phase of the proposed project. Used oil will be

reused as lubricant within premises. Solid waste generated form unit will be sell to

registered actual user after maximum possible re-melting.

11.3.5 Water Requirement, Waste Water Generation and Treatment

The total water requirement for proposed expansion will be 41.50 KL/Day. Water will be

obtained through Tanker Supply to fulfil such requirements. The industry will reuse

wastewater generated form RO Reject and Cooling in Sprinkling of Hot Iron Slag. Sewage

generated will be treated in STP & after reusing in gardening.

11.3.6 Air Pollution Source and Control Management In this proposed project, flue gas emission will be the main source of air pollution.

SR. no.

Source of emission

With Capacity

e.g. Boiler (8 TPH)

Stack Height (meter)

Name of

the fuel & Quantity

Stack Diameter (meter)

Type of emissions

i.e. Air Pollutants

APCM

Emission

Standards

Existing

1.

Induction Furnace (with two crucible)

Capacity: 10 T.

30 Electricity

As per requirement

1.13 SPM

Pulse jet type Bag Filter with provision of movable primary

& secondary suction hood

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

2.

D.G. Set (500 KVA)

Standby 12

Diesel

100 Lit/hr .

SPM

Adequate Stack

Height

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

Proposed

1.

Induction Furnace (with two crucible)

Capacity: 30 T.

30

Electricity

As per requirement

1.13 SPM

Pulse jet type Bag Filter with

provision of movable primary

& secondary suction hood

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

2. Reheating Furnace for

billets 22

Natural gas 1000 M3/day

0.8 SPM SO2

NOx

Adequate Stack Height

150 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm

Coal (will be used until we get Natural Gas connection) 12 MT/day

Multi cyclone Dust collector followed by water Scrubber

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

174 | P a g e

11.3.7 Hazardous Waste

Sr. No.

Type of Hazardous

Waste.

Category Code /

No.

Total Quantity (MT/Year)

Generation source

Hazardous Waste Handling and Management Facilities.

1. Used oil, I -5.1 0.2 Machine, DG Set Collection, Storage and

reused in the factory premises as a lubricant.

2.

Discarded Containers /

Barrels /Liners contaminate

with Hazardous Waste/Chemical

I -33.3 2.0 Hazardous Materials

Receiving barrels

Collection, Storage and returned to Supplier.

11.3.8 Green Belt

Total 43503 sq. meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 14501 sq.

meter (33%) area is covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

11.3.9 Power Requirements & Fuel requirement

Power Requirement

Total power requirement for the project will be about 14 MW which will be procured from

Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (PGVCL).

Fuel Consumption Details

Sr. No. Name of fuel Quantity

1. Diesel 100 Lit/Hour

2. Coal/

Natural Gas

12 MT/Day / 1000 M3/Day

11.3.10 Capital and recurring cost earmarked for environmental protection

measures

Total costs of the project will Rs. 55.0 Crores.

Sr. No.

Pollution Control

Measures

Capital Cost Rs.

(Cr)

Recurring Cost

per annum Rs. (Cr)

Basis for cost estimates

1

Air Pollution Control

0.80 0.1 Capital cost would include air pollution control devices and

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

175 | P a g e

the recurring cost would include operation and maintenance of pollution control devices and stack emission monitoring.

2 Water Pollution

Control

0.30 0.06

Capital cost would include cost of STP. and recurring cost would include maintenance charges, manpower salary etc.

3 Noise Pollution

Control 0.05 0.01

Capital cost would include providing adequate sound enclosures and recurring cost would include monitoring of noise level.

4

Solid and hazardous

waste management

0.07 0.06

Capital cost would include expense for providing storage area for hazardous waste and recurring cost would be for solid/ hazardous waste packing & return to supplier.

5 Green Belt 0.1 0.022

Capital cost would include cost of plant species and labor cost, soil filling, soil dressing and recurring cost would include cost of maintenance of that green belt including cost of required water for plant growth.

6 Environment

monitoring and management

0.1 0.05

The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.

7. Occupational health safety & Fire fighting

0.40 0.15

Construction of OHC, regular medical checkup, provision of PPE’s, adoption of automated material handling system, installation of fire hydrant line and firefighting equipments

Total 1.82 0.452

11.4 Socio-Economic Environment

Project will provide employment to nearer village people and local people will get some

contracts of supply and services to get indirect income.

Project proponent will contribute in improving education and health facilities to nearby area.

Whatever the pollution load generated will be managed by the industry and adequate facility

Environment Impact Assessment Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Iron & Steel Billets from 26,400 to 1,44,000 T/Annum and Round Bars with capacity of 1,36,800 T/Annum, Plot Area 43503 m2 at Sr. no. 68/2P1, 68/2P2, 68/2P3 & 70/P1,Garida, Ta.: Wankaner, Dist.: Morbi – 363621 by M/s. Sunrise Multi Steel Private Limited.

176 | P a g e

will be provided so that industrial activity does not damage surrounding environment.

11.5 Conclusion

Negligible impacts will occur on air quality. However, all the necessary air pollution control

measures will be provided.

No ecological damage will occur.

No adverse impacts will occur on water environment.

Local employment opportunities will increase.

Other impacts of the project will also remain far below acceptable limits after necessary

mitigation as described & suggested in EIA report.

The major impacts will also be brought under acceptable limits by implementing the required

hazard prevention & control measures as suggested in the report. Thus it has been

concluded that there would not be any major impacts on environment due to the proposed

expansion project except the impacts of major accident scenarios which may extend out of

the plant area.

Various other environment parameters like Forest/ National Park/ Sanctuary and Religious /

Historical Places will not be affected.

Environment Management Plan has been formulated to control all the pollutant parameters

and Environment Management Cell has been set-up to ensure that these parameters do not

exceed the norms set out by the concerned authorities.

After commissioning of the proposed expansion project the Environmental Management Cell

will take care of all the pollution control measures.

It can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation

measures and environmental management plan during the construction &operational phase,

there will be negligible impact on the environment.

The EIA study has concluded that the project would be environmentally acceptable, in

compliance with environmental legislation and standards, Hence the proposed expansion

project may be considered for prior Environmental Clearance.

177 | P a g e

1 CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

178 | P a g e

CHAPTER- 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

12.1 ORGANIZATIONAL PROFILE

Ambiental Global Private Limited is a leading environmental consulting organization promoted

by young professionals with experience and expertise in diverse sectors, thereby providing viable

solutions and professional services to promote environmental sustainability.

Apart from its own resources, Ambiental Global Private Limited also has association with

several leading consultancy firms who have competency and expertise in other areas. The

associations with these firms have helped to address the deliverables in an integrated fashion.

Each project is a value addition to the organization and hence results in environmental, economic

and social upliftment.

Ambiental Global Private Limited is accredited by QCI/NABET having certificate no.

NABET/EIA/1922/IA0047 valid till dated 17th June, 2022 for carrying out EIA/EMP study of

seven sectors as per EIA Notification, 2006 released by Ministry of Environment Forest &

Climate Change (MoEF & CC).

Ambiental Global Private Limited provides integrated solutions to complex problems in diverse

business areas of EIA, environment planning and site management. We thrive on quality, cost,

effectiveness and timely delivery of projects and have hence in a short span of time, successfully

accomplished a number of projects.

Consultancy Services

Environmental Impact Assessment HAZOP Study

Air Quality Assessment and Control

Measures

Environmental Remediation Consulting

Engineering

Water and Waste Water Quality

Assessment, Treatment and Management

EHS& Occupational Safety Management

Consulting

Soil Quality Assessment Preparation and Implementation for Various

sectors

Source apportionment Study Remediation Construction & Site Restoration

Carrying Capacity Study Solid Waste Management Services

Environmental Management Plan Natural resource management

Consent Management ETP & STP Establishment and Operation

Socioeconomic & Impact Assessment Environmental Research and Development

Environmental Legal Advice Training and Skill Development

179 | P a g e

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA: For Proposed Expansion

“METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (FERROUS & NON FERROUS)” located at 213/1 ,213/2

,212/1 ,212/2 ,184 ,185 ,186/1 ,183/1 ,183/2 ,183/3 ,182/1, 214/1, 214/3 - Mahwas, Halol Kalol

road, Taluka: Kalol, Dist. Pachmahal – 389330, Gujarat. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the

EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA coordinator:

Name Akansha Rampuria

Signature

Period of involvement Dec 2019 to till date

Contact Information R/o Plot no. 16, Second floor, Sector-04, Vaishali, District:

Ghaziabad, State: Uttar Pradesh, Pin Code- 201010.

Following Coordinators & Functional Area Experts:

S.No. Name of Person EC/FAE/FAA/TM Area of Expertise Signature

1. Praveen Singh EIA Coordinator & FAE EB

2. Laxmi Singh EIA Coordinator & FAE WP, SW

3. Punit Lal Mahto EIA Coordinator & FAE GEO, LU, HG

4. Aakanksha Rampuria EIA Coordinator & FAE AQ, SHW, WP,

AP

5. Pawan Kumar Bharti FAE NV, RH, AP, SC

6. Neha Singh FAE NV

7. Jaya Singh FAE SHW, RH

8. Ajeet Prasad FAE SE

9. Akash Gupta Assistant Manager Team

Member

180 | P a g e

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized

person: I, Sourabh Tyagi, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA:

Proposed Expansion “METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (FERROUS & NON FERROUS)” located

at 213/1 ,213/2 ,212/1 ,212/2 ,184 ,185 ,186/1 ,183/1 ,183/2 ,183/3 ,182/1, 214/1, 214/3 -

Mahwas, Halol Kalol road, Taluka: Kalol, Dist. Pachmahal – 389330, Gujarat. I also confirm that

EIA Coordinator (EC) and experts has gone through the report, and the consultant organization

shall be fully accountable for any misleading information.

It is certified that no unethical practices, plagiarism involved in carrying out the work and external

data / text has not been used without proper acknowledgement while preparing this EIA report.

Name: Mr. Sourabh Tyagi,

Designation: Director

Name of the EIA consultant organization: M/s Ambiental Global Private Limited

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1922/IA0047

181 | P a g e

ACCREDITION/ FROM QUALITY COUNCIL OF INDIA, QCI

Ambiental Global Private Limited has got accreditation from QCI NABET.